Commit Graph

19348 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jonas Gorski
a41ad1b6f6 brcm63xx: backport latest bcm63xx_enet changes from upstream
No functional changes, just simple cleanups.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2018-02-11 23:15:05 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
457e7a160a brcm63xx: fix ephy reset gpio lookup
The lookup needs to be called just "reset" for the common code.

Fixes: 054c0d4e31 ("brcm63xx: backport mdio-bus reset gpio support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2018-02-11 23:14:56 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
355009ebe7
ar71xx: add missing config symbol ATH79_MACH_CF_E375AC
Fixes: bf66bb8c96 "ar71xx:add support for COMFAST CF-E375AC"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-02-11 18:41:25 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3594447a7d mediatek: activate fpu feature flag
The arm CPUs uses in the supported Mediatket SoCs have a FPU accordingly
to the datasheet, activate it also. The CPU subtype "neon-vfpv4" is
selected, but the toolcahin generated for this SoC will still be
compiled with soft float and not with the hard float ABI as we haven't
the fpu feature flag set. If this toolchain is reused by other targets
this will even affect other targets.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-02-11 16:42:28 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
25a72f5a01 ipq-wifi: drop OpenMesh A42 board-2.bin
The BDFs for OpenMesh A42 were upstreamed [1] to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-01-26. The
ipq-wifi-openmesh_a42 package can now be dropped because OpenWrt already
ships the QCA4019 board-2.bin from this version.

[1] https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/drivers/ath10k/boardfiles

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
2018-02-11 16:33:00 +01:00
Ding Tengfei
bf66bb8c96 ar71xx:add support for COMFAST CF-E375AC
COMFAST CF-E375AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9886 + QCA8337.

Short specification:

    2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
    128MB of RAM (DDR2)
    16 MB of FLASH
    3T3R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
    2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, wave 2
    built-in 5x 3 dBi antennas
    output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
    1x RGB LED, 1x button
    built-in watchdog chipset

Flash instruction:

Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.

Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
2018-02-11 16:20:24 +01:00
David Bauer
f17173f5a3 ar71xx: remove bs-partition ro-flag for UniFi AC
This removes the read-only flag from the bs (bootselect) partition
on UniFi AC devices. This allows to correct the indicator from which
partition the device is booting its kernel from.

See also:
 - https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon/issues/1301
 - https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=662

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2018-02-11 16:16:03 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
14951e8f8e ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer C50 v3
TP-Link Archer C50 v3 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7612E.

Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power switch

* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.

Flash instruction:

The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC50v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC50v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
   to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2018-02-11 16:04:16 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
e39a240ba2 ramips: ArcherC20v4: use common TP-Link dtsi file
and remove common part from dts file.

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2018-02-11 16:04:16 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
368a7f4cec ramips: change the TP-Link dtsi filename
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2018-02-11 16:04:16 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
680e867d7f kernel: mtdsplit: Add support for D-link JBOOT
The D-Link devices with JBOOT bootloader use their own kernel
image header (stag + sch2 headers).

This driver find jImage header and set rootfs start after kernel file.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2018-02-11 16:02:52 +01:00
David Bauer
1113fcdc80 ipq806x: mark AVM FB4040 switchport as untagged
This commit marks the CPUs switchport explicit as untagged.
Otherwise, an eth0.1 interface is created and the devices
LAN-ports are not working.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2018-02-11 16:02:52 +01:00
Zoltan HERPAI
1ba6d59f2b x86: add preinit hook to reload microcode
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2018-02-11 14:39:24 +01:00
Zoltan HERPAI
72d949e7ba x86: enable microcode loading for Intel and AMD
Enable for 4.9 and 4.14.

Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2018-02-11 14:39:12 +01:00
Arne Zachlod
186aebf90a
ar71xx: Orders the names of the devices alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Arne Zachlod <arne@nerdkeller.org>
2018-02-11 00:08:25 +01:00
Adrià Llaudet
90ceb0aeb1 imx6: use DTS_DIR at image build code
Use "$(DTS_DIR)", defined at include/image.mk, instead of
"$(LINUX_DIR)/arch/$(LINUX_KARCH)/boot/dts" in order to generalize and
allow a better Device/* device-tree parameterization (i.e. DEVICE_DTS_DIR
and DTS_DIR).

Signed-off-by: Adrià Llaudet <adria.llaudet@gmail.com>
2018-02-10 21:02:53 +01:00
Evgeniy Didin
2fca8aa73e archs38: bump kernel to 4.14.
Update Linux kernel version from 4.9 to 4.14 for archs38.
config-4.14 was simply regenerated with "make kernel_menuconfig".

Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2018-02-10 20:59:52 +01:00
Evgeniy Didin
b38758d4d4 kernel: backport fix undefined abort
While building mpi.ko module with stable Linux v4.14.14 an error occured:
>ERROR: "abort" [lib/mpi/mpi.ko] undefined!
In upstream Linux 4.15 this issue is fixed:
Commit 7c2c11b208be ("arch: define weak abort()")
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=7c2c11b208be09c156573fc0076b7b3646e05219

Commit dc8635b78cd8 ("kernel/exit.c: export abort() to modules")
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=dc8635b78cd8669c37e230058d18c33af7451ab1

So lets add backport patches until these fixes
are not applied in stable version.

Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-02-10 20:58:39 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3a2a54c055 kernel: rename CONFIG_TRACE_ENUM_MAP_FILE to CONFIG_TRACE_EVAL_MAP_FILE
This config option was renamed in upstream Linux commit 681bec0367
("tracing: Rename update the enum_map file")

Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-02-10 15:39:00 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
634673b215 ixp4xx: remove linux 4.4 support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-09 10:29:07 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
9a08c104e2 octeon: switch to kernel 4.14
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-02-08 19:04:38 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
3072908d0d kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.18
Refresh patches.

Remove upstreamed patches:
- apm821xx/010-crypto-gcm-add-GCM-IV-size-constant.patch
- backport/040-crypto-fix-typo-in-KPP-dependency-of-CRYPTO_ECDH.patch
Remove pending-4.14/650-pppoe_header_pad.patch, it is superseded by
upstream commit d32e5740001972c1bb193dd60af02721d047a17e.
Update patch that no longer applies: hack/204-module_strip.patch

Compile-tested: octeon, x86/64.
Runtime-tested: octeon, x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-02-08 18:43:13 +01:00
Daniel Golle
32f120b783 ramips: various fixes for zbt-we1226
Convert userspace code to use generic device-tree compatible board
detection method.  Users of the existing code will have to use
sysupgrade -F once to switch to the new generic board naming.
Properly setup pinctrl fixing the switch port LEDs.

Fixes commit 9c4fe103cb (ramips: add support for ZBT-WE1226)
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2018-02-06 03:00:33 +01:00
Daniel Danzberger
653af8ffd3 kernel: fix forwarding locally generated packages in bridge isolation patch
Locally generated packets weren't forwarded to the isolated interfaces in a
bridge. Isolation should only prevent the flooding of incomming packets to
other interfaces in the bridge.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:16:26 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
d3ea5fc9f3 ramips: use napi_alloc_frag and skb_free_frag
Slightly improves rx performance

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:16:26 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
968b861612 ramips: improve NAPI polling to increase GRO batch size
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:16:26 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
798497c66e ar71xx: use global timestamp for hang check
Shrink the size of struct ag71xx_buf to 8 bytes, which improves cache
footprint

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:16:25 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
31e6016d2e ar71xx: only access device stats in tx handler if packets were processed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:16:25 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
890e7458b0 ar71xx: allocate rx/tx descriptor/buffers in one chunk
Reduces false sharing due to cache aliases

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:16:25 +01:00
Rosen Penev
4e03a742e0 ag71xx: Reorder ag71xx struct members for better cache performance
Qualcomm claims this improves the D-cache footprint. Origina commit message below:

From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Fri, 7 Jun 2013 10:57:28 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] cluster/align structs for cache perf

Cluster the frequently used, per-packet structures in ag71xx near
to each other, and cacheline-align them.  Some other re-ordering
occurred to move "warmer" structures near the per-packet structures.

Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-02-05 10:16:25 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
cde71a543c build: replace uses of OpenWrt with $(VERSION_DIST)
This makes the distribution name more configurable.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-02-05 10:15:53 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
0c719bfcaf
ar71xx: /lib/ar71xx.sh: add model detection for TP-Link TL-WR810N
Properly report the revision in /tmp/sysinfo/model.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-02-03 14:13:26 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
fd30187c87 imagebuilder: fix reference to removed VERSION_SED variable
Fixes: ff8e9a4ecb ("treewide: combine VERSION_SED and VERSION_SED_SCRIPT")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-02-02 14:41:35 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
3f7908d697
ar71xx-generic: enable ATH79_MACH_TL_WR841N_V8 machine
This machfile also contains the code for the TL-WR842N/ND v2, which is in
ar71xx-generic and not in ar71xx-tiny.

Fixes: 0cd5e85e7a "ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash
devices"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-31 21:18:16 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
82ceb2ad2a build: add config option KERNEL_MIPS_FPU_EMULATOR
To make it more accessible for nodejs users to configure and run a build
on mips target lacking hardware fpu

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2018-01-29 15:06:53 +08:00
Catrinel Catrinescu
4ba2dd130a ar71xx: add ew-balin platform from Embedded Wireless
Add the Embedded Wireless "Balin" platform
 SoC: QCA AR9344 or AR9350
 RAM: DDR2-RAM 64MBytes
 Flash: SPI-NOR 16MBytes
 WLAN: 2 x 2 MIMO 2.4 & 5 GHz IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n
 Ethernet: 3 x 10/100 Mb/s
 USB: 1 x USB2.0 Host/Device bootstrap-pin at power-up
 PCI-Express: 1 x lane PCIe 1.2
 UART: 1 x Normal, 1 x High-Speed
 JTAG: 1 x EJTAG
 GPIO: 10 x Input/Output multiplexed

The module comes already with the current vanilla OpenWrt firmware.
To update, use "sysupgrade" image directly in vendor firmware.

Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
2018-01-25 16:50:08 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
ad4232e3e9
ar71xx: add unaligned access hacks for VXLAN
Gives a ~5% performance gain.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-25 11:00:48 +01:00
Jackson Ming Hu
21d3643828 ramips: add support for Widora Neo 32MB flash revision
Widora has updated their Widora Neo board recently.

The new model uses 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI flash
instead of the original 16MB SOP-8 factor SPI flash.

All the other hardware components are the same as
the first revision.

Detailed hardware specs listed below:

CPU: MTK MT7688AN
RAM: 128MB DDR2
ROM: 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI Flash (Winbond)
WiFi: Built-in 802.11n 150Mbps?
Ethernet: 10/100Mbps x1
Audio codec: WM8960
Other IO: USB OTG;
	  USB Power+Serial (CP2104);
	  3x LEDs (Power, LAN, WiFi);
	  2x Keys (WPS, CPU Reset)
	  1x Audio In/Out
	  1x IPEX antenna port
	  1x Micro SD slot

Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-23 23:31:09 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
a411881a40 ramips: add flash size postfix to Widora neo
Rename the Widora neo by adding a flash size prefix. Move the common parts
into a dtsi to be prepare everything for upcomming support of the 32MB
version.

Migrate the Widora neo to the generic board detection as well.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-23 23:31:09 +01:00
Hans Dedecker
6f425a28a4 kernel: generic: add 4.9 config option
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.9 kernel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2018-01-24 17:05:15 +01:00
Rosen Penev
c25d9cbde8 ramips: Fix GB-PC1 cpuclock again
The intended frequency is 900 MHz, not 90.

Fixes: 7059ab48a6 ("ramips: fix cpuclock for the GB-PC1")
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-01-24 07:33:42 +01:00
Daniel Golle
059b2f5481 ar71xx: fix MikroTik rb-nor-flash-16M-ac image
commit e15c63a375
ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC)

changed the existing rb-nor-flash-16M-ac image in a way that it would
now only support the rb-wapg-5hact2hnd.
The board show however rather be added to the existing boards in the
rb-nor-flash-16M image template.

Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2018-01-24 01:24:39 +01:00
Daniel Golle
9c4fe103cb ramips: add support for ZBT-WE1226
MT7628NN (580MHz), 8MB SPI NOR, 64MB DDR2 RAM

Everything except for the switch LEDs works great.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2018-01-23 02:56:57 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b33c3e1b7c sunxi: Orange Pi R1: configure USB Ethernet controller.
Now the USB port is the WAN port.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-22 22:59:38 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
40db7a9dec sunxi: Orange Pi R1: Fix USB Ethernet and activate SPI
The USB Ethernet is not working with the patches proposed for upstream,
fix this and activate the SPI node as this board always has a SPI flash.

Both patches are also targeted for upstream kernel 4.16 and 4.17.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-22 22:59:38 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
75f7c1c9ac sunxi: use upstream patch for Orange Pi R1
Instead of using our own device tree definitions use the one provided in
the upstream kernel for 4.16.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-22 22:54:17 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b1c82cbd51 sunxi: backport stmmac network patches
Ethernet support was initial added in kernel 4.13, but deactivated
before the final release. This is backports the changes which are
activating it again from kernel 4.15.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-22 22:54:17 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
ad2b3bf310 sunxi: Add support for kernel 4.14
This is based on the code for kernel 4.9, but a lot of 4.9 patches are
backports from more recent kernel version and can be removed now.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-22 22:51:02 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
dda475ca30 sunxi: refresh kernel configuration
Just refresh the sunxi kernel configuration.
This also moves the CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS_PRNG option to the
config-4.9 file.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-22 22:49:59 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
eb9e3651dd ar71xx: add support for the MikroTik RB911-2Hn/5Hn boards
The patch adds support for the MikroTik RB911-2Hn (911 Lite2)
and the RB911-5Hn (911 Lite5) boards:

  https://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-2Hn
  https://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-5Hn

The two boards are using the same hardware design, the only difference
between the two is the supported wireless band.

Specifications:
  * SoC: Atheros AR9344 (600MHz)
  * RAM: 64MiB
  * Storage: 16 MiB SPI NOR flash
  * Ethernet: 1x100M (Passive PoE in)
  * Wireless: AR9344 built-in wireless MAC, single chain
              802.11b/g/n (911-2Hn) or 802.11a/g/n (911-5Hn)

Notes:
  * Older versions of these boards might be equipped with a NAND
    flash chip instead of the SPI NOR device. Those boards are not
    supported (yet).
  * The MikroTik RB911-5HnD (911 Lite5 Dual) board also uses the
    same hardware. Support for that can be added later with little
    effort probably.

Installation:

1. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with the following parameters:
   * DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name): pointing to a local TFTP
     server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
   * DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name): matching the initramfs filename
     of the to be booted image. The usable intramfs files are:
       - openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
       - openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs-lzma.elf
       - openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-initramfs-kernel.bin

2. Press the reset button on the board and keep that pressed.

3. Connect the board to your local network via its ethernet port.

4. Release the button after the LEDs on the board are turned off.
   Now the board should load and start the initramfs image from
   the TFTP server.

5. Upload the sysupgrade image to the board with scp:
     $ scp openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/fw.bin

5. Log in to the running system listening on 192.168.1.1 via ssh
   as root (without password):
     $ ssh root@192.168.1.1

7. Flash the uploaded firmware file from the ssh session via the
   sysupgrade command:
     root@OpenWrt:~# sysupgrade /tmp/fw.bin

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-22 10:53:45 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
a4320b3332 ar71xx: make leds-gpio usable with single-ended GPIOs
Add patches for the leds-gpio driver to make it usable with
open-drain and open-source kind of GPIO lines.

This type of functionality is required by various MikroTik boards.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-22 10:53:32 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
e379e60b17 ar71xx: mach-rbspi: return rb_info from rbspi_platform_setup
Modify the rbspi_platform_setup() function to return the pointer of the
rb_info structure. This allows board specific setup routines to access
the various fields of the information. It is useful for investigating
the hardware option bits for example.

Also update the board setup codes, to ensure that those handle the new
return value correctly.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-22 10:53:16 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
c7371cd1ee ar71xx: add definitions for RouterBOARD hardware option bits
Add bit definitions for the 'hardware options' tag which is used in
the MikroTik devices' hardware configurations. These values can be
used in board setup codes, to do different initialization sequences.
The values were obtained from the RouterOS 6.41-rc38 patches.

Additionally, introduce two helper functions what make the processing
of the hardware options easy.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-22 10:53:00 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
36f1978a70 pistachio: make patches apply again
Support for Winbond NAND flash detection was added into the generic
patches and this conflicted with this patch adding Gigadevice support.

Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-20 23:36:05 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4d649ba949 ipq806x: make patches apply again
Some part of this patch was added to the generic patches as it was
needed also for some other target. Do not add it here any more.

Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-20 23:24:02 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
e390756eff x86: Add CONFIG_RETPOLINE to fix build
This adds support for the new configuration option CONFIG_RETPOLINE and
refreshes the configuration.

Fixes: d8565a06dc ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.77")
Fixes: 9ddfac8015 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.14")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-20 22:46:34 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4336efe14b kernel: use upstream patches for musl
This replaces the current patches used to make the kernel headers
compatible with musl with the version which was accepted upstream. This
is included in upstream kernel 4.15.
This was compile tested with iproute2 build on all supported kernel
versions with musl and one one with glibc.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-20 22:11:33 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
f9aca01a53 kernel: backport fix for nftables on big Endian
nftables 0.8.1 generates some new commands which will not work without
this on big endian systems. This patch is included in Linux 4.11 and
later.

My rule matching a TCP port was not working:
nft add rule ip foo bar ct state new tcp dport 22 accept

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-20 20:22:01 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
a30370bbf1 kernel: bump 4.4 to 4.4.112
Refresh patches.
Remove upstreamed patches:

target/linux/generic/patches-4.4/030-2-smsc75xx-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skbs.patch
target/linux/generic/patches-4.4/030-3-cx82310_eth-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skb.patch
target/linux/generic/patches-4.4/030-4-sr9700-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skbs.patch
target/linux/generic/patches-4.4/030-5-lan78xx-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skbs.patch

CVEs completely or partially addressed:

CVE-2017-5715
CVE-2017-5753
CVE-2017-17741
CVE-2017-1000410

Compile-tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Run-tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-01-20 20:22:01 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
d8565a06dc kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.77
Refresh patches.
Remove upstreamed patches:

target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/023-2-smsc75xx-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skbs.patch
target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/023-3-cx82310_eth-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skb.patch
target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/023-4-sr9700-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skbs.patch
target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/023-5-lan78xx-use-skb_cow_head-to-deal-with-cloned-skbs.patch

CVEs completely or partially addressed:

CVE-2017-5715
CVE-2017-5753
CVE-2017-17741
CVE-2017-1000410

Compile-tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Run-tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-20 20:22:01 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
9ddfac8015 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.14
Refresh patches.

CVEs completely or partially addressed:

CVE-2017-5715
CVE-2017-5753
CVE-2017-17741
CVE-2017-1000410

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-20 20:22:00 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
02050f7e7d kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs
Some MikroTik devices are using a Winbond NAND flash. Linux treats
it as an unknown NAND before version 4.11:

  nand: device found, Manufacturer ID: 0xef, Chip ID: 0xf1
  nand: Unknown NAND 128MiB 3,3V 8-bit
  nand: 128 MiB, SLC, erase size: 128 KiB, page size: 2048, OOB size: 64

Backport a patch from 4.11 to show the manufacturer correctly:

  nand: device found, Manufacturer ID: 0xef, Chip ID: 0xf1
  nand: Winbond NAND 128MiB 3,3V 8-bit
  nand: 128 MiB, SLC, erase size: 128 KiB, page size: 2048, OOB size: 64

Tested on a MikroTik R951Ui-2HnD board.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-20 20:22:00 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
9c2ac19b03 ipq806x: remove merged ipq4019 patch
The patch 0022-dts-ipq4019-support-ARMv7-PMU.patch
was merged into 4.8-rc1.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-18 21:21:11 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
5988364cf3 ipq806x: remove dependency on non-existent kmod
During the integration of the ipq40xx target,
the phy drivers were included into the ipq806x's
target kernel config.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-18 21:21:11 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
51dd8f3875 ipq-wifi: align AVM FRITZ!Box 4040's board-2.bin package
This patch renames the AVM FRITZ!Box 4040's board-2.bin
file and package to match the 'vendor_product' format.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-18 21:21:11 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
42b47f1b40 ipq806x: overhaul AVM FRITZ!box 4040 device-tree file
This patch aligns the device-tree file with the latest
guidelines.
 - No longer include qcom-ipq4019-ap.dk01.1.dtsi. This
   file is only partially upstream and therefore subjected
   to changes that might not be compatible with the board.

   As a result, the definitions from the file have been
   copied into this dts.

 - exclusively use decimal GPIO addresses.

 - reorganize the reserved-memory layout to waste less
   memory. There's no point in keeping the u-boot loader
   around. This should also make it possible    to create
   an image that will boot with the original EVA/ADAM2 loader
   without needing to install the modified u-boot loader.
   And finally mark the "tz-apps" as reusable.
   There isn't a way to  upload apps to the trust-zone in OpenWrt
   yet. But it might see some use in the future as a "secure"
   key-store/TPM.

 - sort the first-level nodes alphabetically.
 - sort nodes with an address by the address.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-18 21:21:11 +01:00
Serg Studzinskii
eb58b14d27 ramips: tl-wr840n-v5: increase firmware partition for 4Mmtk layot
According to console log during TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 OEM firmware update
procedure 0x3e0000-0x3f0000 64kB "config" partition, which is used to store
router's configuration settings, is erased and recreated again during every
OEM firmware update procedure, thus does not contain any valuable factory data.
So it is conviniant to use this extra 64kB erase block for jffs overlay due
limited flash size on this device like it used on TP-Link's ar71xx boards.

Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
2018-01-18 08:04:18 +01:00
尤晓杰
a7e62b4be1 kirkwood: fix sysupgrade
The platform_check_image() stub need to return 0 for success, otherwise
the sysupgrade will fail with:

  Image check 'platform_check_image' failed.

Fixes: aa6f5f1787 ("kirkwood: use image metadata")
Signed-off-by: 尤晓杰 <yxj790222@163.com>
[reworded commit message}
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-18 07:26:28 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
b6868e2f47 ipq806x: fix ZyXEL NBG6817 sysupgrade
Use the first found directory in the tar archive instead of relying on
a directory named according to the userspace boardname.

It allows to change the boardname without adding another compatibility
layer to the zyxel sysupgrade.

Fixes: 33f09cf151 ("ipq806x: convert to dt-based board-detection")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-18 07:22:37 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
ec4e9a88ff ar71xx: drop mdio-gpio.h include from mach-om5pacv2.c
The setup code of the OpenMesh OM5P ACv2 device uses nothing
from the mdio-gpio.h header, so remove the inclusion of that.

Also remove the kernel version check which is needed only
because the mdio-gpio.h header exists in a different path
in older kernels.

Compile tested only.

Cc: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
d3afd2a400 cns3xxx: switch to kernel 4.14
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
9e7d53c3fe cns3xxx: refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
7f93624d5f cns3xxx: remove deprecated uart flags
Flag UPF_NO_TXEN_TEST is deprecated.

Remove it.

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
f3dec44520 cns3xxx: fix ethernet IRQ imbalance in 4.14
Kernel 4.14 contains more warnings regarding NAPI usage, which showed
following warning:

[ 4016.420000] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 4016.430000] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 14 at kernel/irq/manage.c:525
__enable_irq+0x3c/0x78
[ 4016.440000] Unbalanced enable for IRQ 51
[ 4016.440000] Modules linked in: ath9k ath9k_common pppoe ppp_async
ath9k_hw ath pppox ppp_generic nf_conntrack_ipv6 mac80211 iptable_nat
ipt_REJECT ipt_MASQUERADE cfg80211 xt_time xt_tcpudp xt_state xt_nat
xt_multiport xt_mark xt_mac xt_limit xt_conntrack xt_comment xt_TCPMSS
xt_REDIRECT xt_LOG slhc nf_reject_ipv4 nf_nat_redirs
[ 4016.500000] CPU: 1 PID: 14 Comm: ksoftirqd/1 Tainted: G        W
       4.14.11 #0
[ 4016.500000] Hardware name: Gateworks Corporation Laguna Platform
[ 4016.510000] Backtrace:
[ 4016.510000] [<c010a28c>] (dump_backtrace) from [<c010a56c>]
(show_stack+0x18/0x1c)
[ 4016.520000]  r7:c059df4b r6:00000000 r5:60000093 r4:00000000
[ 4016.530000] [<c010a554>] (show_stack) from [<c048b04c>]
(dump_stack+0x94/0xb4)
[ 4016.530000] [<c048afb8>] (dump_stack) from [<c011760c>]
(__warn+0xc8/0xf8)
[ 4016.540000]  r7:c059df4b r6:c015144c r5:00000000 r4:cf863e08
[ 4016.550000] [<c0117544>] (__warn) from [<c011767c>]
(warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48)
[ 4016.550000]  r9:cf863eb0 r8:00000036 r7:00000000 r6:c0636360
r5:00000033 r4:cf80a500
[ 4016.560000] [<c0117640>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c015144c>]
(__enable_irq+0x3c/0x78)
[ 4016.570000]  r3:00000033 r2:c059e0c5
[ 4016.570000] [<c0151410>] (__enable_irq) from [<c01514ec>]
(enable_irq+0x64/0x7c)
[ 4016.580000] [<c0151488>] (enable_irq) from [<c0335c14>]
(eth_poll+0x28c/0x558)
[ 4016.590000]  r5:d08926c0 r4:cf894488
[ 4016.590000] [<c0335988>] (eth_poll) from [<c03b1718>]
(net_rx_action+0xfc/0x2e8)
[ 4016.600000]  r10:cf863eb8 r9:cf863eb0 r8:00000001 r7:0f7b5000
r6:c0636360 r5:cfdeb360
[ 4016.610000]  r4:cf894488
[ 4016.610000] [<c03b161c>] (net_rx_action) from [<c0101510>]
(__do_softirq+0xe0/0x228)
[ 4016.620000]  r10:00000100 r9:c070204c r8:c0702040 r7:00000003
r6:00000008 r5:40000003
[ 4016.620000]  r4:cf862000
[ 4016.630000] [<c0101430>] (__do_softirq) from [<c011ae28>]
(run_ksoftirqd+0x34/0x58)
[ 4016.630000]  r10:c0133964 r9:00000000 r8:00000001 r7:00000000
r6:c070b44c r5:cf862000
[ 4016.640000]  r4:cf8037e0
[ 4016.640000] [<c011adf4>] (run_ksoftirqd) from [<c0133adc>]
(smpboot_thread_fn+0x178/0x190)
[ 4016.650000] [<c0133964>] (smpboot_thread_fn) from [<c013099c>]
(kthread+0x11c/0x138)
[ 4016.660000]  r9:cf8037e0 r8:cf802cdc r7:cf839df8 r6:cf803800
r5:00000000 r4:cf802cc0
[ 4016.670000] [<c0130880>] (kthread) from [<c0107218>]
(ret_from_fork+0x14/0x3c)
[ 4016.680000]  r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00000000
r6:00000000 r5:c0130880
[ 4016.680000]  r4:cf803800 r3:cf862000
[ 4016.690000] ---[ end trace 51114df08f429115 ]---

This is triggered by calling eth_schedule_poll(sw) after the IRQ has
been re-enabled.

Rework the network code to only enable IRQ's again if NAPI agrees it's
safe to do so.

Also only re-enable IRQ *after* cleaning up the RX ring and re-enabling
DMA, which otherwise resulted in ugly warnings regarding dirty page
fragments.
These popped up nearly immediately when building the kernel with O2 iso
Os.

--> Note that this change fixes stability issues, at the cost of ~8%
throughput performance.

While at it, also change the iface name being used in warning prints,
making it more obvious: "switch%d" --> "cns3xxx_eth"

The changes have been tested on 4 boards, each moving ~30TB of data

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
9f54aaff70 cns3xxx: update patches for 4.14
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
2543e7f08c cns3xxx: refresh kernel 4.14 config
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
0ef702c7e3 cns3xxx: copy patches for kernel 4.14
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
809a265e35 cns3xxx: copy config for kernel 4.14
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
fbd33c2b6c ar71xx: fix format of the 701-MIPS-ath79-add-routerboard-detection patches
Commit e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC") broke the format of the patches. In unified diff
format, the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space
character.

Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.

Fixes: e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
508999d366 ar71xx: fix format of the 741-MIPS-ath79-add-PCI-for-QCA9556-SoC patches
The patches introduced in commit 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable
PCI on QCA9556 SoC") have non standard format. In unified diff format,
the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space character.

Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.

Fixes: 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable PCI on QCA9556 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
bc178f6b15 ar71xx: mach-rbspi: simplify reset button registration
The setup code defines four individual structures for the
Reset buttons of the supported boards. The only difference
between the definitions is the GPIO number used for the
button.

Replace the different structures with one generic variant,
and add a helper function to simplify the button registration.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
8954bc31ed imx6: add support for the intel gbit driver on GW5520
The Gateworks GW5520 board uses 2x intel gigabit mac's, instead of the
internal i.MX6 FEC.

Add support for these.

Signed-off-by: Scott V. Kamp <outbackdingo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-17 11:07:17 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
644a0d5403 ipq8065: adjust SS USB PHY power settings
According to QSDK ipq8065 has different SS USB PHY power settings.

Adjust it according to QSDK settings.

It also corresponds to oem Netgear R7800 tarball for soc ver >= 2.
eeac2e1019/git_home/linux.git/sourcecode/arch/arm/mach-msm/board-ipq806x.c (L2494)

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:05:11 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
e93a16ed3f ipq806x: usb: add phy 1 master reset control
In current state only phy 0 master reset is controlled.
Add the phy 1 reset.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:04:57 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
de748a121e ipq806x: usb: Control USB master reset
Picking commit from QSDK
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/commit/?h=eggplant&id=a86bda9f8a7965f0cedd347a9c04800eb9f41ea3

Commit message:
"During removal of the glue layer(dwc3-of-simple), USB master reset is set to active and during insertion it is de-activated."

Change-Id: I537dc810f6cb2a46664ee674840145066432b957
Signed-off-by: Vasudevan Murugesan <vmuruges@codeaurora.org>
(cherry picked from commit 4611e13580a216812f85f0801b95442d02eeb836)"

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:06 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
6617f3c6ab ipq806x: dwc3: Fix power_on and power_off sequence
Picking commit from QSDK
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/commit/drivers/phy/phy-qcom-dwc3.c?h=eggplant&id=d316437c9cdb70023a760342678f32e27241725a

The commit fixes:
- dwc3 phy module unloading
- possibly fixes FS#177 when some devices were improperly enumerated as HS while being SS thus stucking the driver during boot.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:06 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
c263e18a53 ipq806x: Update HSIO recommended usb phy settings
Picking commit from QSDK
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/commit/drivers/phy/phy-qcom-dwc3.c?h=eggplant&id=cf82fdf4bdd081cd81bb081f7815b915bc8bb851

The comit adjusts USB dwc3 phy default values as per QSDK recomendation and allows to set it through DT.

Commit message:
"SoC version based values will be recovered from the device node.
If device node does not have such values, defaults are applied.

Change-Id: Ia77b5b7fe95ce1a433885df1761091bced98d989
Signed-off-by: Gokul Sriram Palanisamy <gpalan@codeaurora.org>"

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:06 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
a4c1767897 Revert "ipq8064: Fix dwc3 module unloading"
Preparing for proper fixes thus reverting commits:
- 8db079a9ff "ipq8064: Fix dwc3 module unloading"
- c75f059b0c "ipq8064: Fix dwc3 module unloading"

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:05 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
7903a9219c ipq806x: update clk and cpufreq drivers
A newer clk and cpufreq drivers for ipq806x platform had been sent upstream.

A change that i have noticed is that now it's possible to set min, cur and max frequencies from sysfs (previously it was bugged and caused nothing).

Following patches are removed:
 - 0036-clk-Avoid-sending-high-rates-to-downstream-clocks-du.patch - seems it was dropped from the patchset by current committer.
 - 0044-clk-qcom-krait-Remove-CLK_IS_ROOT.patch - already applied to the driver itself in the corresponding patch.
 - 0057-clk-qcom-Add-regmap-mux-div-clocks-support.patch - seem to be irrelevant to ipq806x.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:05 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
83499bef73 ipq806x: force 2nd pci slot into gen1 mode
According to QSDK and OEM tarballs (checked c2600, r7500v2, r7800) 2nd pci slot (pci1, 2,4 GHz card)) on ap148 based boards should operate in gen1 mode.
EA8500 is an exception and according to GPL pcie0 should operate in gen1 mode.

In previous commit we've added the support for this option, so enable it in DT for affected devices.

QSDK ref:
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/commit/?h=release/endive_preview_cc&id=f3b07fe309027c52fc163149500cedddd707c506

While at it move the phy transmit termination offset value into dtsi file as it's platform specific.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:05 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
36a96a4493 ipq806x: fix wireless regression
In current state there's huge regression on ipq806x target that causes the device to transmit broken/malformed frames that are not corrected/detected by error control mechanisms and other less severe issues.
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1197

This finally had been narrowed down to patch 0071-pcie-qcom-fixes.patch

Meanwhile QSDK contains a handful of commits that add support for ipq806x to upstream qcom pcie driver
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/log/drivers/pci/host/pcie-qcom.c?h=eggplant
Unfortunately qca developers do not bother to push it upstream.

Using those commits instead of lede 0071 patch fixes mentioned issue and probably many others as it seems that corrupted data has been originating within pcie misconfiguration.

Fixes: FS#1197 and probably others
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2018-01-17 11:02:05 +01:00
Daniel Gimpelevich
e4442ca2d8 ramips: use blue status LED for Xiaomi Router 3G
The blue LED is what other firmwares use for this device, and it's a lot
easier on the eyes than its shade of yellow, which implies an error
condition.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[merge into existing $boardname:blue:status block]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Maxim Anisimov
5bdd238b63 ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer C20 v4
TP-Link Archer C20 v4 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7610EN.

Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch

* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
  work.

Flash instruction:

The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC20v4 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC20v4-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
   to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Maxim Anisimov
ff1e895530 ramips: rename TP-Link Archer C20 to TP-Link Archer C20 v1
This changes device name from "TP-Link Archer C20" to "TP-Link Archer C20 v1"
because of TPLINK released new TP-Link Archer C20 v4. Additionally
migration to the generic board detection has been made.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
David Bauer
6c56e968c1 ar71xx: fix TP-Link Archer C7 v4 switch LEDs
Match mapping of the switch LEDs according to the TP-Link
firmware behavior. LAN port 1 triggers the most right LAN LED,
LAN port 2 the second LAN LED from the right and so on.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Chen Minqiang
a8054d83dc ramips: add image checks
As long as we can't enforce image metadata, we need to use (platform)
image checks to have at least soem kind of validation.

Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
16f2befc3c ipq806x: drop ubifs support
Ubifs is disabled for all boards except the evaluation boards and the
Fritz!Box 4040 anyway. According the author, the ubifs support for the
Fritz!Box 4040 wasn't enabled on purpose.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
0af5e9bdc4 ipq806x: drop legacy image leftovers
Remove leftover code used for legacy images. There are no relevant
binary differences for the images after removing the legacy leftovers.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
52e7df3f49 ipq806x: unset filesystem specific build command by default
Initialise the filesystem specific build command. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images and will cause a wrong image
format.

The issue is around for ages but was only recently triggered due to the
added support for the Openmesh a42.

Fixes: FS#1276

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
f319c5c254 ipq806x: remove unnecessary filesystem specific build
The Openmesh factory image doesn't need a squashfs specific build command.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
f2a8e02134 ipq806x: use bin file extension for sysupgrade-tar images
Use the file extension bin for sysupgrade-tar images to unify the file
extension across the target/tree.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-15 21:45:43 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
030176e0e7 ar71xx: image: rework EnGenius ENS202EXT factory image
Current EnGenius ENS202EXT factory image recipe version causes factory
images of the following devices to be corrupted. This issue wasn't
visible until recent changes of image Makefile snippets order.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 13:39:54 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
497f028da1 omap24xx: remove referece to not existing kmod-usb-musb-tusb6010
Remove leftover reference to a not existing kmod-usb-musb-tusb6010 from
the omap24xx target, the corresponding module is built into the kernel.

Fixes: 96815fe0a2 ("kernel: remove omap24xx specific kernel module packages")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-15 13:13:34 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
e15c63a375 ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC)
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP
AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac wireless AP with
integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
ports.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
 - RAM: 64 MB
 - Storage: 16 MB NOR
 - Wireless:
   · Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
   · Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
 - Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port, passive
   PoE in

Working:
 - Board/system detection
 - Sysupgrade
 - Serial console
 - Ethernet
 - 2.4 GHz radio
 - 5 GHz radio
 - Reset button

Not working:
 - LEDs (added according to Mikrotik's GPL sources but not functional)

 Unsupported:
 - ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor

Contributors: Giuseppe Tipaldi (@Ciusss89)
              Ricky (@rickydee)

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: whitespace fix, use PHYADDR instead of PHYMASK]
2018-01-15 04:14:18 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
20e68f6d39 ar71xx: kernel: enable PCI on QCA9556 SoC
This patch enables the PCI bus on the QCA9556 SoC, the same way it is
done on the same family SoC QCA9558.

Tested on a MikroTik RouterBoard wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC).

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2018-01-15 04:14:18 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
5352669c2c ramips: add support for ALFA Network AC1200RM
ALFA Network AC1200RM is an AC1200 router, with 5-port FE switch and
USB 2.0 port. Device is based on MediaTek MT7620A + MT7612EN.

Specification:

- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE output in WAN and LAN4
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612EN)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LED (8 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12-24 V)
- 2x UART, I2C, I2S and LED headers

Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART and TFTP server):

Select option "2: Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP" and
use "sysupgrade" image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 00:12:13 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
2e5252d346 ar71xx: add support for GL.iNet GL-AR750
GL.iNet GL-AR750 is a small size, dual-band (AC750) router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: 2AFIW-AR750.

Specification:

- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 1x microSD (GL857L)
- 3x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- header for optional PoE module
- 1x micro USB for main power input
- UART + I2C header on PCB

Flash instruction:

Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt/LEDE. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash OpenWrt/LEDE firmware.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 00:12:13 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
6cf682e214 ar71xx: image: move Sitecom WLR-8100 from legacy to generic
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 00:12:13 +01:00
Davide Fioravanti
a85db951db ar71xx: fix Sitecom WLR-8100 support
This patch fixes Sitecom WLR-8100:

- mtd layout
- LAN and WAN MAC address setup
- 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi MAC address setup
- 5 GHz Wi-Fi support (calibration data, MAC address setup, missing
  ath10k-* packages)

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[squashed commits, fixed whitespace issues, reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 00:12:13 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
af8f0629df ar71xx: add support for ALFA Network R36A
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.

Specification:

- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R (QCA9531) 2.4 GHz, 2x u.fl connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 6x LED (5 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 00:12:13 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
1f06144cde ar71xx: add support for Teltonika RUT900
Teltonika RUT900 is an industrial 3G router based on Atheros AR9344.

There are available 3 other models in RUT9xx series: RUT905, RUT950 and
RUT955, which differ in availability of additional I/O ports, built-in
GSM modem type, GPS antenna and other features. FCC ID of the RUT950
model (LTE module built-in): 2AET4-RUT950.

This patch adds support for the RUT900 model only but can be easily
extended to cover whole series. Also, as there are several different
3/4G modules (Huawei, Quectel, Telit) used in whole series, packages
required for WWAN support are not included by default. It is up to the
user to install required software for built-in modem.

Specification:

- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (MGA-22103) and LNA
- built-in 3G module (example: Telit HE910-D)
- 2x miniSIM slot
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 2x SMA/F (3G)
- PCA9539 16-bit GPIO I2C expander
- 12x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by PCA9539)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- UART available on PCB edge connector

Serial console pinout:

- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side

Flash instruction:

Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.03.960" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.1".

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-15 00:09:43 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
4b0eebe9df ar71xx: add support for ALFA Network N5Q
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.

Specification:

- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:

You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmare which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
   device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
   then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-14 21:30:16 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
7f9f42d42e ar71xx: add support for ALFA Network AP91-5G
ALFA Network AP91-5G is a 5 GHz outdoor AP/CPE board, based on Atheros
AR7240 + AR9280.

Specification:

- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (AR9280), with ext. PA (SE5004L) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 6x LED (5 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART and LEDs headers on PCB

Flash instruction:

Use "factory" image in vendor GUI (in case of problems, make sure your
board has up to date firmware). Alternatively, TFTP in U-Boot can be
used: select option "2. Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP"
during early boot and use "sysupgrade" image.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-14 20:33:18 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
ce6c7691ec ar71xx: base-files: cosmetic cleanups in preinit scripts
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-14 20:33:18 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
9a867fcddf ar71xx: base-files: drop LED control from 05_set_iface_mac_ar71xx
There is no "dir-615-c1:green:wancpu" LED defined in mach-dir-615-c1.c

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-14 20:33:18 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
71489bfa48 ar71xx: base-files: fix boards order in 05_set_preinit_iface_ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2018-01-14 20:33:18 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
d6679090b4 kernel: add missing config symbol
The KEXEC_FILE symbol exists for X86 since kernel 3.17, and since 4.10
for PPC64. Add it to x86/config-4.9 and to generic/config-4.14.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-14 21:27:33 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
0c12830d4a kernel: add missing DRM symbols to generic config
Several new DRM symbols that were introduced after 4.9 are missing in
the generic config for 4.14, so add them.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-14 21:27:26 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
6577244b6f kernel: sort generic configs
Use kconfig.pl to sort the generic kernel configs.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-14 20:31:02 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
34e319dd30 kernel: move DRM_DEBUG_* symbols to generic config
While working on a new target (meson), the kernel build failed due to
missing DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST symbol. This can potentially happen on all
targets that enable DRM drivers in the kernel config or via kmod
packages, so add it to the generic config and remove it from x86
subtarget configs, together with DRM_DEBUG_MM.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-14 20:15:01 +02:00
Matthias Schiffer
0cd5e85e7a
ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash devices
This new subtarget sets the small_flash flag and removes unused kernel
configuration.

small_flash removes KERNEL_KALLSYMS, which saves ~107KB in the default
configuration; removing unneeded hardware support from ar71xx/tiny saves
another ~18KB (both after LZMA).

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-13 19:54:45 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
29d126b5c1
ar71xx/generic: add generic- prefix to vendor-specific image Makefile snippets
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-13 19:54:45 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
3d365831b0
ar71xx: reorganize kernel configuration
Rather than including all machines for the generic subtarget in the base
configuration, leave the base configuration without specific machines and
create a proper subtarget config for ar71xx/generic. The configuration
diffs of the mikrotik and nand subtargets get significantly shorter, as
will the configurations of future subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-13 19:54:45 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
d04056e5ea
ar71xx: disable devicetree support
While we'd like to convert ar71xx to DT-based configuration
eventually, we aren't quite there yet, and shipping half-baked DT support
that is not used at all wastes precious space.

Saves ~120KB before LZMA, ~33KB after LZMA.

Run-tested on TP-Link CPE510 and TL-WR841 v7.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-13 19:54:45 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
7e99a6ba69 target: disable CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR on most targets
Disable CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR in most places and only keep it enabled
for virtual targets such as malta or potent ones like x86.

This saves up to 4KB of uncompressed kernel size and significantly
decreases CPU load under certain workloads.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-13 15:04:15 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
86e18f6706 ipq806x: add support for OpenMesh A42
* QCA IPQ401x
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
  - 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
  - QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
  - requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
    bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A42
* 2T2R 5 GHz
  - QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
  - requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
    bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=OM-A42
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
  - triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
* powered only via POE
  - 802.3af POE on Ethernet 1
  - 18-24v passive POE (mode B) on Ethernet 2

The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
2018-01-13 08:00:14 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
c242643d1a ipq806x: enable gpio watchdog support
The kernel driver gpio-wdt or the userspace tool om-watchdog can be used to
trigger external gpio watchdog chips. The gpio-wdt driver has the benefit
that it can be configured together with the rest of the device in the DTS
and better integrates in the OpenWrt via procd.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
2018-01-13 08:00:07 +01:00
Luis Araneda
7293499f71 ipq806x: Sort occurrences of boardame alphabetically
This restores the alphabetical sort that was present
before the renaming of boardname.

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-01-13 07:33:03 +01:00
Luis Araneda
33f09cf151 ipq806x: convert to dt-based board-detection
Use the generic board detection method:
- Board name: First compatible string from the device tree
- Board model: Model property from the device tree

Change occurrences of board name in userspace by the compatible
string, and removed target specific board detection script

Replace the definition of SUPPORTED_DEVICES in Device/Default
to extract the dt compatible string from each device definition.
Additionally, for devices supported by lede-17.01, append
the value of BOARD_NAME to SUPPORTED_DEVICES in the device
definition.

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-01-13 07:33:03 +01:00
Luis Araneda
3cbdae2421 ipq806x: sync image filename with dt compatible string
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-01-13 07:33:02 +01:00
Luis Araneda
09e13bd341 ipq806x: add a helper variable with the vendor name stripped
This will allow to maintain the current syntax for LEDs config
when switching to a device tree compatible string boardname.

None of the current boards use a comma in the boardname, so they
will be unaffected.

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-01-13 07:33:02 +01:00
Luis Araneda
8ed5dfedc6 ipq806x: add missing dt compatible string to ap-dk04 board
Compatible string is mandatory to dts files

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-01-13 07:33:02 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
c3d9fe96dc ipq806x: drop partitial supported boards
There are only artifacts for these boards in our tree and not even
partial support.

Drop teh stale files.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-13 07:33:02 +01:00
Florian Fainelli
0cf7c54023 armvirt: Resync kernel configuration
The 4.14 kernel configuration defaulted to a v4/v5 multiplatform while
4.9 was using a v6/v7 default configuration. Resync 4.14 against 4.9 so
they are nearly identical.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 15:14:27 -08:00
Florian Fainelli
d8a12a7d9f kernel: Add a bunch of missing symbols
Add a bunch of missing configuration symbols found while building
armvirt for 4.14 after re-synchronization of the configuration between
4.9 and 4.14.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 15:14:27 -08:00
Rafał Miłecki
3618dcbff8 bcm53xx: rename SPI driver fix to use 0xx prefix as it was accepted
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2018-01-12 23:29:48 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
8cd3370cce bcm53xx: use upstream fix for PCI iproc driver regression
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2018-01-12 23:27:43 +01:00
Rosen Penev
7059ab48a6 ramips: fix cpuclock for the GB-PC1
The GnuBee PC1 stock bootloader runs at 900Mhz. This fixes bad clock drift when running the platform.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 08:02:51 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
3c94691620 apm821xx: remove kernel 4.9 support
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 08:00:05 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e97f92bbf9 apm821xx: switch to 4.14.x kernel
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 08:00:05 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
780477d17c apm821xx: backport crypto4xx patches from 4.15
This patch backports changes to crypto4xx in order
to get the crypto4xx operational.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 08:00:04 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e4371779d2 apm821xx: convert MR24 to use DT PHY defintion
Convert the MR24 to use the DT phy probing and at803x PHY driver.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 08:00:04 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
15faf389ad apm821xx: add linux 4.14 apm821xx patches
This patch updates the apm821xx target to use the 4.14 kernel.

4.14 finally ships with a driver for the WNDR4700's tc654 fan
controller. The custom driver is deprecated in favor of the
upstream driver and the thermal cooling definitions in the DTS
are updated.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2018-01-12 08:00:04 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
31fca075c7 at91: create device specific sdcard images
Without this patch one sdcard image with the following name is created
for all devices:
openwrt-at91-sama5--sdcard.img.gz
This makes the build system create device specific versions like:
openwrt-at91-sama5-at91-sama5d2_xplained-sdcard.img.gz

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-11 20:35:33 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
7c7586b6d0 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.13
Refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-01-11 20:34:33 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
eceff9ea8f kernel: bump 4.4 to 4.4.111
Refresh patches

Tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-01-11 20:33:40 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
2228dbf4e6 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.76
Refresh patches

Tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-01-11 20:32:36 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
17b194aeac sdk: change base feed fallback to git.openwrt.org
Change the hardcoded lede-project.org base feed fallback to
$(PROJECT_GIT)/openwrt/openwrt.git instead.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-11 18:20:07 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
05cb6aa69f bcm53xx: replace linux,part-probe with a proper partitions subnode
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2018-01-11 14:05:10 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
bde5e7a632 kernel: backport mtd implementation for "compatible" in "partitions" subnode
This backports upstream support for "compatible" DT property set for the
"partitions" subnode of flash node. It allows specifying how partitions
should be created/parsed. Right now only "fixed-partitions" is
supported.

It should eventually replace our downstream "linux,part-probe" solution.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2018-01-11 12:07:49 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
ef27f15330
kernel: allow disabling multicast routing support
Multicast routing support is not needed in most setups, and increases the
size of the kernel considerably (>10K after LZMA). Add a config switch to
allow disabling it.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-11 11:51:24 +01:00
Matthias Schiffer
1abb5c6db1
generic: unlock Winbond flash on boot
The underlying issue breaking Spansion flash has been fixed with "mtd: spi-nor:
wait until lock/unlock operations are ready" and "mtd: spi-nor: wait for SR_WIP
to clear on initial unlock", so we can support unlocking for Winbond flash
again.

This is necessary to have writable flash on certain UBNT devices with some
bootloader versions.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-01-11 11:51:07 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
f66fe0080a sunxi: enable missing config symbol
Enable CONFIG_MFD_AXP20X_I2C after the switch to Kernel 4.9, this symbol
is reportedly required to get USB working on the Banana Pi.

Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/sunxi-kernel-4-9-usb-not-working/10513
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-11 03:14:07 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
d3fd38637f lantiq: create ATM/PTM interfaces with dsl as netdev name
Renaming an atm etherbride using 'ip link' (via hotplug) is racy since the
original netdev might disappear before br2684ctl has finished appling it's
setting:

 local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Interface "nas0" created sucessfully
 local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Communicating over ATM 0.8.35, encapsulation: LLC
 kern.info kernel: dsl0: renamed from nas0
 kern.err kernel: br2684:br2684_regvcc: tried to attach to non-existent device
 local2.err br2684ctl[1667]: Could not configure interface:No such device or address

By passing the final used netdev name to br2684ctl_wrap another race
condition workaround will be enabled again.

Change the lantiq ptm driver to create a netdev with the name dsl as well.
Albeit the rename via 'ip link' works fine so far, using a different
approach for ptm then atm could be confusing.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-10 08:08:53 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
57157618d4 armvirt: re-enable VFP support
Enable CONFIG_VFP again which was disabled during the 4.9 -> 4.14 bump.

Boot tested both 32 and 64 bit subtargets using initramfs images with the
qemu-system-arm and qemu-system-aarch64 emulators.

Fixes: aa100b66f2 ("armvirt: bump to v4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-10 00:44:08 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
7226c7850b armvirt: 64: add missing kernel config symbols
Fixes: aa100b66f2 ("armvirt: bump to v4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-10 00:44:08 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
efb375b579 kernel: bump 4.4 to 4.4.110
Refresh patches

Fixes:  CVE-2017-5754 aka Meltdown

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fix typo in commit msg, conflict after 4.14 bump]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-10 00:11:39 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
1d2590f838 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.75
Refresh patches

Fixes:  CVE-2017-5754 aka Meltdown

Tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[fix conflict after 4.14 bump]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-10 00:11:39 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
0674a99f7e kirkwood: sort occurrences of boardame alphabetically
This restores the alphabetical sort that was present
before the renaming of boardname.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:55 +01:00
Alberto Bursi
c19f811c4d kirkwood: add pogoplug v4
also known as
POGO-V4-A3-02
or
POGO-V4-A3-01

SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800Mhz
SDRAM memory: 128MB
Gigabit ethernet: 1 Marvell 88E1310
Flash memory: 128MB
2 status LEDs (one green one red)
1 "Eject" button on the back (used as "Reset" button)
1 USB 2.0 port (on upper side)
1 sata slot (power + data) for 2.5'' drives (upper side)
2 USB 3.0 ports from a controller on PCIe x1 of the SoC
1 full-size SDcard slot (fits a whole SD card into it)

This device supports the (linux-only) kwboot tool to send
a new uboot over serial console, so it is easy to unbrick
in case the uboot is erased and the device won't boot.

-----
Install instructions:
-----
Since it's not possible to get ssh access to these
devices, the only way to take control is to
solder pins to get TTL serial access.

Case can be opened by removing screws beneath two rubber
feet at back of device, then lifting while prying the
sides of the upper part out to unhook a latch on each
side about 2/3rds of the way toward the front.

Serial connection pins are those labeled "J11", left
of SD as you face SD opening.
Pins are (from left to right, i.e. the first in the list
is the nearest to the SD slot) GND, Rx, Tx.
Do not connect +V pin if you use a USB (self-powered)
TTL-to-USB dongle. Any USB TTL-to-USB converter will work.
Baud rate is 115200, parity "none", databits "8",
flow control "none".

Stock uboot is unable to read ubi partitions (nor usb)
so we will replace it first with our uboot.

Start a TFTP server at IP address 169.254.254.254, and
place the uboot.kwb file in the folder of the server.

Start the serial session and then power up the device.

As soon as you see text on the serial start pressing random
letter keys to stop the boot process.

If you see something like the following line you can proceed:

CE>>

Otherwise if text is still scrolling by you missed the
opportunity, pull the plug and try again.

write

printenv ethaddr

The uboot will write something like this:

ethaddr=00:50:43:00:02:02

This is the device's MAC address, also present in the sticker
under the device.

Write this down as we will need to add it in the
new uboot configuration.

Use the following commands to load the new uboot:

tftp 0x20000 u-boot.kwb

If the uboot confirms that the transfer was successful,
then you can write it to flash with the following commands:

nand erase 0 0x200000
nand write 0x20000 0 0x1c0000

if after the last command the uboot wrote
"xxxx bytes written: OK"
then it was written correctly and we can proceed.

If it did not go well, try again or ask assistence in forums.
Shutting down or rebooting at this time will brick
the device, to unbrick it you will need to use the kwboot
tool from a Linux PC or Virtual Machine.

Now write:

reset

and press enter, the device will reboot and you should see
again text scrolling by.
Press a random key to stop it, and now you should see

pogoplugv4>

We now add the MAC address back, write:

setenv ethaddr '00:50:43:00:02:02'

Confirm that the uboot has understood by writing

printenv ethaddr

If all looks ok, save the setting with

saveenv

At this point the uboot is configured, and we only need to load
the firmware in the flash memory.

Follow the steps below in "Firmware recovery procedure".

----
Firmware recovery procedure
----
The new uboot allows easy recovery from a bad firmware upgrade
where you can't access the device anymore over ssh or luci.

Take a USB flash drive formatted as FAT32, and copy the
initramfs image file in it (it will have "initramfs" in the
file name), then rename it as "initramfs.bin".

Insert the USB drive in the USB 2.0 port of the pogoplug
(the port at the top).

Power up the device, and wait for it to finish booting.

The uboot should find and load the "initramfs.bin"
from usb and if you are connected with serial you should
see the linux kernel boot log (text scrolling by).
Once it is done, press Enter and you will be greeted by
the OpenWRT banner.

If you were not connected with serial just wait a bit and,
you will be able to access it with ssh or luci web interface
(once you find its IP).

The recovery "initramfs" images are run from RAM, so you will
have to do a normal sysupgrade (firmware upgrade) to write
a firmware image to flash memory.

Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
2018-01-09 22:06:55 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
f5df635ccf kirkwood: sync image filename with boardname
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.

Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:55 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
c9e2c35f46 kirkwood: use the generic board detect
Drop the target specific detection function in favour of the generic
one provided by base-files.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:55 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
aa6f5f1787 kirkwood: use image metadata
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:55 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
a10ab9d843 kirkwood: fix nsa310b compatible strings
Use a destinct compatible string fro the nsa310b.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:54 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
18ea058258 kirkwood: fix compatible string in ib62x0 dts
There is no point in being that specifc in a generic dts covering a range
of boards. Keep only the the generic compat string to use it for a
devicetree based boardname.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:54 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
0ebdf0c1d3 kirkwood: drop support for orphaned boards
No image build code for the Guruplug, Sheevaplug and NSA310S exists. Drop
support for the boards for now.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:54 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
d2e18dae28 kirkwood: cleanup image build code
Drop NAND_BLOCKSIZE, UBI_OPTS and UBIFS_OPTS. They are either used by
not supported filesystems or by the legacy image build code.

Add common used options/images to the default build code and override
the options where necessary.

Don't export the kernel image, it isn't required by any board.

While at it, change the file extension for the sysupgrade images to bin.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:54 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
f0227af5d6 ipq806x: drop kernel 4.4 leftovers
Remove the kernel 4.4 specific devicetree source files.

Fixes: 3a3564ead5 ("ipq806x: remove v4.4 support")

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:06:37 +01:00
David Bauer
daae09f1e5 ar71xx: fix Archer C7v4 5GHz MAC-address
The TP-Link firmware uses (primary_mac-1) as MAC-address
for the 5GHz WiFi. This applies the same behaviour to LEDE.

Currently, the MAC-address is retrieved from eth1, which
does not exist on the Archer C7 v4. As a result from this,
every C7 v4 with LEDE carries the same MAC-Address on the 5GHz WiFi.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2018-01-09 22:05:46 +01:00
Chuanhong Guo
a657978fe7 ramips: fix lenovo newifi-y1 switch and LED config
There are 3 ethernet ports on Y1. LAN1 on port1, LAN2 on port0 and WAN on
port4.

Use a standalone switch configuration to match this and use the switch
trigger so that LAN LED could indicate the connetction status for both
lan ports correctly.

This patch also drop the internet led configuration, because there is a
WAN led for port4 and eth0.2 isn't always used as WAN.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2018-01-09 22:05:46 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
6912e55e71 ramips: add missing soc compatibles to dts
Add SoC compatibles where missing.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:05:46 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
3326e36fa7 ramips: firewrt: indicate boot status via LED
Add the Firefly FireWRT gree power LED to diag.sh to indicate the boot
status via the power LED.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-09 22:05:46 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
82cc439976 ar71xx: remove obsolete '< KERNEL_VERSION(4, 4, 0)' check
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.4.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from mach-rb4xx.c to clean up the code
a bit.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 21:33:19 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
8f44c8086b ar71xx: remove obsolete '< KERNEL_VERSION(4, 2, 0)' check
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.2.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from ag71xx_main.c to clean up the code
a bit.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 21:33:18 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
7a4930b27c ar71xx: remove obsolete '< KERNEL_VERSION(3, 15, 0)' checks
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 3.15.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete checks from the target specific source files
to clean up the code a bit.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 21:33:18 +01:00
John Crispin
aa100b66f2 armvirt: bump to v4.14
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2018-01-09 14:40:54 +01:00
John Crispin
7172ec1e8f malta: bump tp v4.14
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2018-01-09 10:26:16 +01:00
John Crispin
4ee195bcfa malta: fix image prefix names
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2018-01-09 10:26:16 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
99be4170cb ar71xx/mikrotik: disable TP-Link TL-WR810N v2 board support
It does not belongs to the MikroTik boards.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 08:34:03 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
7f7eb18455 ar71xx/mikrotik: disable unused MTD partitioning and split drivers
Reduces the compressed kernel size by ~2.5KB.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 08:34:03 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
660ee2d0f0 ar71xx/mikrotik: disable unused ethernet switch and phy drivers
Disable the drivers for the following ethernet switches:
  Realtek RTL8306
  Realtek RTL8366/8367
  Marvell 88E6060 (DSA)
  Marvell 88E6063 (DSA)

Also disable the phy driver for Marvell PHYs.

None of the supported RouterBOARDs are using any device
which needs these drivers.

Disable the DSA framework too, because it is not required
by the remaining switch drivers.

This reduces the compressed kernel size by ~20KB.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 08:34:03 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
b386b5727b ar71xx: fix Kconfig dependency of the 88E6063 switch DSA driver
The Marvell 88E6063 ethernet switch driver depends on the DSA
framework. Add a 'depends on NET_DSA' statement to its Kconfig
entry to state that explicitly.

Fixes the following Kconfig warning:

  warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6063) selects NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && NET_DSA)

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 08:34:03 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
09bb7105c2 ar71xx: sort kernel configurations
The symbols in some kernel configurations of the target are in
wrong order. Sort them with kconfig.pl.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-09 08:34:03 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
56767dfa42 octeon: add support for kernel 4.14
Tested on EdgeRouter Lite.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-08 20:14:57 +02:00
Gabor Juhos
4045f15a21 ar71xx: fix compiler warnings in mdio-bitbang.c for 4.4
Building Linux 4.4 for ar71xx throws the following warnings in
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:

    CC      drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.o
  In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
                   from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_read':
  include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
    (void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
                    ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
     typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
     ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
     raw_local_irq_save(flags);   \
     ^
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:162:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
    local_irq_save(flags);
    ^
  include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
    (void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
                    ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
     typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
     ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
   #define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
                                         ^
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:175:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
    local_irq_restore(flags);
    ^
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:159:11: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
    int ret, i;
             ^
  In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
                   from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_write':
  include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
    (void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
                    ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
     typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
     ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
     raw_local_irq_save(flags);   \
     ^
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:185:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
    local_irq_save(flags);
    ^
  include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
    (void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
                    ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
     typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
     ^
  include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
   #define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
                                         ^
  drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:200:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
    local_irq_restore(flags);
    ^

These are caused by the 900-mdio_bitbang_ignore_ta_value and
901-phy-mdio-bitbang-prevent-rescheduling-during-command patches.

The first patch removes some code but it does not remove the variable
which is used by the removed code only.

The second patch adds local_irq_{save,restore} calls. The type of the
argument of these calls must be 'unsigned long', but the patch defines
the variable as 'long'.

Fix both patches to silence the warnings.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2018-01-07 13:05:40 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
d726187367 lantiq: fix wbmr-hp-g300h image metadata
The Annex A and Annex B version are using the same (old) userspace
boardname. Update the SUPPORTED_DEVICES to allow an update from lede-17.01.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-01-04 21:23:59 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
f839ad685b sdk: switch base feed url to git.openwrt.org
As LEDE is rebranding to OpenWrt now, adjust the base feed Git reference
accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-04 13:44:42 +01:00
Philip Prindeville
d280c03a1d x86: preinit: use board_name on Sm Super Servers
Supermicro puts "Super Server" into their product_name DMI value
for a whole slew of products, making this value about as useful
as not having been filled in at all.  Instead, fall back on the
board_name instead.

Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2018-01-04 13:44:42 +01:00
Philip Prindeville
445f980a38 x86: preinit: make name rewrite into reusable function
There might be other places (such as vendor-supplied preinit scripts)
where we wish to take a DMI name and clean it up in a consistent way,
so make the sed command into a function.

Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2018-01-04 13:44:42 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
c5ca1c9ab6 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.11
Rename unwinder config symbols to match upstream changes.
Refresh patches.
Update patch that no longer applies: 202-reduce_module_size.patch

Also enable CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION. This feature was backported
from 4.15 to the 4.14 stable series. It is enabled by default, so enable
it in OpenWrt as well.

Compile-tested on x86/64.
Runtime-tested on x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-03 00:07:10 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
8b35da1552 kernel: move CONFIG_KASAN to generic config
While bumping 4.14, the kernel build failed due to missing CONFIG_KASAN
symbol. Move it to generic config instead of defining it for all arm64
and x86/64 targets.

It was only added in 4.0, so not needed in config-3.18.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2018-01-02 21:55:46 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
597de6904c layerscape: activate fpu feature
The CPU sub type was set to a CPU version with FPU, but the FPU feature
was not activated before, so a soft float toolchain was created.
Activate also the FPU feature to create the correct toolchain.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-02 07:24:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
01cc6bd495 at91: sama5: activate fpu
This activates neon and VFPv4 support for this target. The CPU support
these feature so also use them.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-01-02 07:14:09 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
4b275baf91 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.73
Refresh patches.

Runtime tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-01-02 07:14:09 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
3267ce750e bcm53xx: use iflag=skip_bytes for dd command during sysupgrade
Since BusyBox 1.25.0 dd command supports iflag=skip_bytes which allows
skipping requested amount of bytes without reducing blocksize. Thanks to
this we can leave default blocksize and let dd work more efficiently.

On Netgear R6250 "dd skip=58 iflag=skip_bytes" can be 5 times faster
than "dd bs=58 skip=1" when extracting TRX out of CHK.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-12-29 23:18:45 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
612a93564c brcm47xx: image: build firmware for Asus WL-500g Deluxe
It's a device based on BCM5365P (0x5365 package 0x00). This SoC has
USB 1.1 controller but device has two USB 2.0 parts. They are handled by
PCI-based controllers: 1106:3038 UHCI and 1106:3104 EHCI.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-12-29 23:18:19 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
fea884ff51 bcm53xx: add early support for kernel 4.14
Don't switch to it by default yet as it requires more testing.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-12-29 23:15:32 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
4dd51788dd ramips: fix Omega2 compatible string
Change the compatibel from Omega to Omega2 and add the compatible string
where missing.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-29 22:32:34 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
76d735d189 ramips: fix widora neo diag led
The diag LED is named widora🍊wifi and can't be derived from the
boardname.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-29 22:32:34 +01:00
Thomas Nixon
9fc9fbeb97 lantiq: fix dts compatible string
This was broken in 7bab49fd ("lantiq: add compatible strings to dts
files"), causing for the dm200 garbled serial output during boot, and
likely other issues.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
[fix the compat string of the P2601HNFX as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-29 22:32:26 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
6e922a0756 bcm53xx: make USB packages compatible with kernels 4.13+
In kernels 4.13+ modules are located in an extra "broadcom" subdir.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-12-29 17:25:51 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
9c312ef628 bcm53xx: add upstream patch fixing SPI controller driver
That patch fixes handling SPI messages with two writing transfers. It's
important when using e.g. by m25p80 driver which uses one transfer for
opcode and another one for data.

Thanks to that fix we can now drop m25p80 workaround patch. It means one
less hack and also a better flash writing performance as there is no
more data buf copying.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-12-29 15:31:22 +01:00
Vittorio Gambaletta
d40a358136
ag71xx: Fix rx ring buffer stall on small packets flood on qca956x and qca953x.
Backported from Code Aurora QSDK

Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
2017-12-29 15:17:07 +01:00
Philip Prindeville
2e23733838 x86: add NVMe support for motherboards w/ M.2 slot
A lot of 1U x86_64 servers have NVMe support, which is lower-power
and higher speed than SSD or CFast drives, etc.  The drivers
required to make this work are trivial.

Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2017-12-26 23:31:00 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
e547f1692a kernel: bump 4.4 to 4.4.108
Refresh patches.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-12-26 23:31:00 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
7b6e01d389 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.72
Refresh patches.

Runtime tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-12-26 23:31:00 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
1064e76e4e linux: unbreak host tools build for 4.14
Remove a stray -Wp left in host_c_flags causing build failures for newer
4.14 versions.

Reported-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-25 19:06:53 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
246916ddf4 brcm2708: use x86's upgrade scripts for all rpi targets
Advantages:
 - preserves existing partition layout on the sd-card.
   Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.

Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation  has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-sdcard.img.gz
will have to be written to the sdcard manually.
Please don't forget to backup your configuration in this case.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-25 12:19:43 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
6f04128892 brcm2708: convert to dt-based board-detection
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.

Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-25 12:19:41 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
778543dab4 brcm2708: add compatible strings
This patch adds the compatible string for the various RPIs from
4.14 upstream.

Note: The 4.14 upstream does not include the compute modules.
If the CM* would just house the SoC, it could in theory use the
"raw" chip compatible string. However, these CM boards also come
with RAM and eMMC. So they have to have a proper comaptible.

For now, "raspberrypi,compute-module-{1|3}" will be good enough.

Note2: The original CM was renamed to CM1 when CM3 was released.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-25 12:19:37 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e79b096ee1 brcm2708: convert to metadata
This patch converts all the raspberrypi images to utilize
the common metadata-based image verification.

Note: the CM1 and CM3 currently use the same "rpi-cm"
boardname.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-25 12:19:36 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
6456999731 ar71xx: spi-rb4xx: balance clk_prepare_enable() call
Commit c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.") replaced the clk_enable() call
with clk_prepare_enable() to meet the common clock framework requirements.
However it did not change the clk_disable() call in the error patch which
thus leads to imbalance.

Fix the code by using the correct counterpart of clk_prepare_enable() in both
places.

Fixes: c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-24 09:03:01 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
df68e63a4f kernel/4.14: add missing newline character to UBI messages
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:

  [    6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[    6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K

Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:

  [    6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
  [    6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-24 09:03:01 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
975e9cd866 kernel/4.9: add missing newline character to UBI messages
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:

  [    6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[    6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K

Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:

  [    6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
  [    6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-24 09:03:01 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
bb51193acd kernel/4.4: add missing newline character to UBI messages
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:

  [    6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[    6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K

Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:

  [    6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
  [    6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-24 09:03:00 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
b0d99b77e5 kernel: bump 4.4 to 4.4.107
Refresh patches.

Update patch that no longer applied:
oxnas/0072-mtd-backport-v4.7-0day-patches-from-Boris.patch

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-12-23 15:36:01 +01:00
Martin Schiller
94952636e7 lantiq: remove DSL_ChipSetHWVersion from status information
The value DSL_ChipSetHWVersion is fetched from the dsl frontend
via the dsl_control service, but not really provided by the dsl
frontend firmware and for now always "UNKNOWN".

The lantiq support told us that this information wouldn't be
provided in the foreseeable future, so let's remove this
useless "UNKNOWN" information.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
2017-12-23 15:35:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
c7776d4c55 ramips: fix Linkit smart 7688 support
Use a more appropriate compatible string. Fix the wireless led GPIO and
add the default wireless trigger. Use the wireless LED for boot state
indication as well.

Remove the GPIO pinmux for pins not exposed on the board.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-23 15:35:52 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
39e9bfb181 ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-MR3420 v5
TP-Link TL-MR3420 v5 are simple N300 router with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas.
Its very similar to TP-Link TL-WR841N V13.

Specification:

- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED, 2x button, power input switch

Flash instruction:

The only way to flash LEDE image in mr3420v5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-mr3420-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
   to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-12-23 15:35:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
8ca650b8ce ramips: move common tplink image build code into own recipe
Move common tplink image build code into own recipe. Include the common
parts instead of including a full build recipe and overwriting former set
varaibles.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-23 15:35:52 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
cb2c0649ee kernel: move console loglevel to generic
Move CONFIG_CONSOLE_LOGLEVEL_DEFAULT=7 to generic, to make it consistent
across all targets.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2017-12-23 14:24:40 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
efa22b1116 kernel: add missing config symbols for 4.14
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-12-21 23:54:41 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
82626cc145 ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD r2 (mANTBox 15s)
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD r2
(mANTBox 15s), an outdoor sector antenna with a built-in 802.11ac
wireless router. Additionally, it adds a new profile for devices with
>= 128 MB NAND flash and 802.11ac to the ar71xx/mikrotik subtarget.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
 - RAM: 128 MB
 - Storage: 128 MB NAND
 - Wireless: external QCA9822 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
 - Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
 - SFP: 1x host

Working:
 - Board/system detection
 - NAND storage detection
 - Wireless
 - Ethernet
 - 1x user LED
 - Reset button
 - Sysupgrade

Untested:
 - SFP cage (probably not working)

Installation:
 - Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2017-12-21 17:06:54 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
9604f7d337 ar71xx: fix spelling in mach-rb922.c
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2017-12-21 17:06:54 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
8927446dae ar71xx: fix rb922gs_nand_scan_fixup()
Apply code from commits 9e1bc27e6d
(ar71xx: Fix UBIFS work on Mikrotik RB95x devices) and
665bb27499 (ar71xx: fix invalid pointer
dereference in rb95x_nand_scan_fixup()) to RB92x devices too.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2017-12-21 17:06:54 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e90dc8d272 apm821xx: convert to device-tree board detection
This patch converts all apm821xx devices to the device-tree
board-detection method. All instances of the legacy
boardnames (mbl,mr24,...) are converted to "vendor,device"
identifier.

The custom board-detection code in apm821xx.sh is removed as
it no longer serves any purpose.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
213ba77359 apm821xx: enable metadata for packaging
This patch enables metadata-supported image verification
for all apm821xx supported devices. Since this method comes
with a built-in image verification tool (fwtool), the previous
image checks can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e6604fab51 apm821xx: align device names with vendor_device format
Currently, the device name handle does not include the
manufacturer. This can make it hard do differentiate
between products from different vendors that have the
same product name. As the handle is used to derive
the image name.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
1adeecf0d3 apm821xx: dts: rename devices dts files to include the manufacturer
This patch rename all the DT source files in order to
match upstream's "manufacturer-device.dts" format.

Please note that the DEVICE_DTB isn't changed. This is
because the u-boot of the MyBook Live defines the
fdt_file variable to be "apollo3g/apollo3g.dtb".

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
70301af915 apm821xx: add product names to the dt compatible for Meraki
Meraki choose to use their product's codename as the main
compatible string. Mathias Kresin commented that this is
a poor choice as this will confuse the users and devs once
the device-tree compatible is used for board-detection and
possible the image name.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
64b36fee8e apm821xx: dts: append SoC compatible to DTS
This patch appends the "apm,bluestone" or "amcc,apollo3g"
machine compatible string to the current device tree source.

Please note that unlike other archs the PPC DT code does
not regard the machine's compatible string as a priority
list. This is explained in the kernel's usage-model.txt as follows:
"PowerPC uses a slightly different scheme where it calls the .probe()
hook from each machine_desc, and the first one returning TRUE is used.
However, this approach does not take into account the priority of the
compatible list, and probably should be avoided for new architecture
support."

For this reason, the "apm,bluestone" compatible string can't be
added to the WNDR4700. As otherwise the target specific pci
fix-up code will get ignored and this causes the ath9k WIFI
to not get initialized.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e4a50d115f apm821xx: replace DEVICE_{PROFILE|NAME} with BOARD_NAME
This patch sets the BOARD_NAME variable on each affected
apm821xx device. The existing DEVICE_PROFILE and
DEVICE_NAME assignments are deprecated as they no longer
serve any purpose.

The BOARD_NAME variable is used by the sysupgrade-tar
method to specifiy a directory overwrite for the
sysupgrade-$dir directory in the generated tar file.
Keeping the original boardname in this context will be
necessary for targets that utilize the sysupgrade-tar
method. Otherwise, sysupgrade on an previous installation
will not recognize the newly generated images.

This step is necessary since an upcoming patch realigns
the existing shortname for a device with a proper
"manufacturer_device" identifier.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
f895f1e51a apm821xx: replace whitespace with tabs
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
7c2106696d apm821xx: explicitly build the rootfs.img.gz target
The commit 87b668765e
("image: when using the new image build code, gzip ext4 images by default")

forced that all targets that select the ext4 as the root filesystem
to always compress the generated rootfs. This is fine, but this method
doesn't not allow to append the metadata on a per-target base.

Therefore this patch changes the rootfs image production rule to generate
the gzip step manually. This way the metadata can be appended at a later
date.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
198da20401 ramips: fix devicetree compat strings
"PandoraBox" is not the name of the manufacturer, it's a firmware made by
the manufacturer actually. Their official English name is "D-Team".

PBR-M1 is the only one they use "PandoraBox" as a brand name. Their other
products are using "Newifi" as their trademark (including Y1 and Y1S which
used to be OEM products for Lenovo).

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Jackson Ming Hu
c0e131b436 ramips: add support for newifi d2
Previously Newifi D2 could only use PandoraBox M1's firmware.
It works fine, but LED GPIO is different.
As a result, a separated DTS file for this device should be implemented.

Hardware spec:

* CPU: MTK MT7621A
* RAM: 512MB
* ROM: 32MB SPI Flash
* WiFi: MTK MT7603+MT7612
* Button: 2 buttons (reset, wps)
* LED: 3 single-color LEDs (USB, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz) &
       2 dual-color LEDs (Power, Internet)
* Ethernet: 5 ports, 4 LAN + 1 WAN

Installation method:

Same as Newifi D1, users may need to request unlock code from the device
manufacturer. Otherwise, a SPI flash programmer may be necessary to get
the firmware flashed. After the device is unlocked, press and hold reset
button before power cable plugs in. Then go to http://192.168.1.1 to
upload and flash the firmware package.

Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Andrew Crawley
fe6f298b07 ramips: add support for Vonets VAR11N-300
The VAR11N-300 is a tiny wireless-N device with a hardwired Ethernet
cable, one extra Ethernet port, and an internal antenna, based on the
MediaTek MT7620n chipset.

Specs:
- MT7620n WiSoC @ 600MHz
- 32 MB SDRAM
- 4 MB SPI flash
- 2T2R 2.4GHz WiFi-N
- 1 attached 10/100 Ethernet cable (LAN)
- 1 10/100 Ethernet port (WAN)
- 1 attached USB / barrel 5vdc power cable
- 5 LEDs (see notes below)
- 1 reset button
- 1 UART (3 pads on board)

Installation:

The stock firmware does not support uploading new firmware directly,
only checking the manufacturer's site for updates.  This process may be
possible to spoof, but the update check uses some kind of homebrew
encryption that I didn't investigate.  Instead, you can install via a
backdoor:

1. Set up a TFTP server to serve the firmware binary
(lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin)
2. Factory reset the device by holding the reset button for a few
seconds.
3. Open the web interface (default IP: 192.168.253.254)
4. Log in with the "super admin" credentials: username `vonets`,
password `vonets26642519`.
5. On the "Operative Status" page, click the text "System Uptime", then
quickly click the uptime value.
6. If successful, an alert dialog will appear reading "Ated start", and
the device will now accept telnet connections.  If the alert does not
appear, repeat step 5 until it works (the timing is a bit tricky).
7. Telnet to the device using credentials "admin / admin"
8. Retrieve the firmware binary from the tftp server: `tftp -l lede.bin
-r lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin -g
<tftp-server-ip>`
9. Write the firmware to flash: `mtd_write write lede.bin /dev/mtd4`
10. Reboot

Tested:
- LAN / WAN ethernet
- WiFi
- LAN / WAN / status LED GPIOs (see notes below)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade

Notes:

LEDs:

The board has 5 LEDs - two green LEDs for LAN / WAN activity, one blue
LED for WiFi, and a pair of "status" LEDs connected to the same GPIO
(the blue LED lights when the GPIO is low, and the green when it's
high).  I was unable to determine how to operate the WiFi LED, as it
does not appear to be controlled by a GPIO directly.

Recovery:

The default U-boot installation will only boot from flash due to a
missing environment block.  I generated a valid 4KB env block using
U-boot's `fw_setenv` tool and wrote it to flash at 0x30000 using an
external programmer.  After this, it was possible to enter the U-boot
commandline interface and download a new image via TFTP (`tftpboot
81b00000 <image-filename>`), but while I could boot this image
sucessfully (`bootm`), writing it to flash (`cp.linux`) just corrupted
the flash chip.  The sysupgrade file can be written to flash at 0x50000
using an external programmer.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Crawley <acrawley@gmail.com>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
ad002c397a ramips: add helper variable for boardname
Add a helper variable which contains the boardname separated from the
vendor name. It allows to switch to a device tree compatible string
based boardname, by keeping the $board:colour:function syntax in
scripts handling/adding config for LEDs.

Boards not using the device tree compatible string as based boardname
are unaffected by the change, since none of them uses a comma in the
boardname.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
6545c71d2c ramips: sync image filename with boardname
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.

Replace the underline of the device define, to keep the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
in sync with a devicetree compat string based boardname.

Override the default SUPPORTED_DEVICES for board which are having an
userspace boardname with an underline.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
7d3ec5f833 ramips: fallback to generic board detect
Fallback to the generic board detection if no case for the current
board exists.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
224d4a96dd ramips: drop LinkIt Smart 7688 Duo userspace support
The  LinkIt Smart 7688/LinkIt Smart 7688 Duo are identical beside the
extra ATmega32U4 - accessible via UART - on the the Duo.

Since all relevant hardware is identical, drop the Duo special handling
in userspace.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-21 01:05:16 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
f704b643b9 kernel: Update kernel 4.9 to 4.9.70
Runtime tested on lantiq.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-12-19 22:45:27 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
95fe3c51e5 ramips: fix polarity in gpio-export node
If we need to set the initial output value to GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH (1) to
enable something, the pin is ACTIVE_HIGH. The same applies to
GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW (0) and ACTIVE_LOW.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-18 09:32:27 +01:00
Marty E. Plummer
7c03f97e84 ar71xx: fix lan ports on ens202ext
In the stock firmware both eth0 and eth1 are set to br-lan,
add this behavior to our images.

Fixes: FS#1084

Signed-off-by: Marty E. Plummer <hanetzer@protonmail.com>
2017-12-18 09:10:12 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
60a39e8f5a brcm63xx: fix Sercomm AD1018 status led
The status led part was missed when changing the board name to *-nor.

Fixes: e12c72bb52 ("brcm63xx: Add Sercomm AD1018 support")
Reported-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-17 12:50:22 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
4a4d957d1a lantiq: sync image filename with boardname
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.

Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.

While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters and bin as file extension for sysupgrade images.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
58c6ad53a8 lantiq: drop unused variable from image build code
Remove the DEVICE_PROFILE variable. The variable isn't
used at all.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
7f68bd8119 lantiq: use the generic board detect
Drop the target specific detection function in favour of the generic
one provided by base-files.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
ed72540c10 lantiq: add missing model names
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
26dc65b126 lantiq: remove the former board name from device tree model
Remove the former used board name from the device model property and
use the model name as it is.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
63d7f7fc92 lantiq: use the compatible string as board name
Use the first compatible string as board name in userspace. Add the new
board name as well as the former used board name to the image metadata
to keep compatibilty with already deployed installations.

Don't add the former used boardname for boards which exists only in
master or evaluation boards.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
aba421432f lantiq: drop SoC name from eval boards compatible string
Keep it in the same format as used for the other eval boards.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
7bab49fd7a lantiq: add compatible strings to dts files
The compatible string is mandetory for devicetree source file.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-16 23:33:56 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
481e1f23f5 x86: Add support for kernel 4.14
This adds basic support for kernel 4.14, this was tested in qemu only.
The subtarget configuration was refresh with kernel 4.14 and the
options needed to make it compile on kernel 4.9 were added manually.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-12-16 22:16:07 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
199273324e kernel: add kmod-crypto-ecdh
In kernel 4.14 kmod-bluetooth depends on kmod-crypto-ecdh, add
kmod-crypto-ecdh to LEDE.
Both packages also depend on the kmod-crypto-kpp package. To build this
we have to fix the dependency of CRYPTO_ECDH which has a typo.
This patch is already accepted upstream.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-12-16 22:13:04 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b3f95490b9 kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support
This adds initial support for kernel 4.14 based on the patches for
kernel 4.9.

In the configuration I deactivated some of the new possible security
features like:
CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL
CONFIG_SLAB_FREELIST_HARDENED
CONFIG_SOFTLOCKUP_DETECTOR
CONFIG_WARN_ALL_UNSEEDED_RANDOM

And these overlay FS options are also deactivated:
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_INDEX
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR

I activated this:
CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE
CONFIG_POSIX_TIMERS
CONFIG_SLAB_MERGE_DEFAULT
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_HANDLE_BOOT_ENABLED

I am not sure if I did the porting correct for the following patches:
target/linux/generic/backport-4.14/020-backport_netfilter_rtcache.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/220-gc_sections.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/321-powerpc_crtsavres_prereq.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/305-mips_module_reloc.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/680-NET-skip-GRO-for-foreign-MAC-addresses.patch

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-12-16 22:11:19 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
a362df6f25 x86: refresh configuration
Just refresh the kernel configuration, some options are removed because
they are now in the generic kernel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-12-16 22:11:05 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
0402c48cba kernel: generic: add some more 4.9 configure options
These are taken from the x86 target and should make support kernel 4.9
and 4.14 in the x86 target easier.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-12-16 22:10:48 +01:00
Philip Prindeville
f96085b35d x86: add on-chip thermal sensors and cpuid support
Cover temperature sensors for all mainstream 64-bit processors, including
AMD 10h and 15h families, Intel iCore, Xeon, Atom, and Via Nano.  Also
add CPUID support for user-space applications to detect CPU type.

Include the on-chip sensors for 64-bit CPU's in the generic profile
in case someone builds a 32-bit kernel to run on a Xeon SoC, etc.

Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2017-12-16 14:41:37 +01:00
Philip Prindeville
9868eba5a0 x86: refresh settings for 4.9.59
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2017-12-16 14:41:37 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
054c0d4e31 brcm63xx: backport mdio-bus reset gpio support
Backport the mdio-bus reset gpio support from 4.12 and use it instead
of toggling the reset ourself.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 12:57:06 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
49c3b1c455 brcm63xx: backport enet cleanup patches
Align with upstream version, mostly non-fixes and small clean ups.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 12:57:05 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
aba4e29ead brcm63xx: register serial through device tree
Register serial consoles through device tree instead of through board
data.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 12:57:05 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
a3384088a2 brcm63xx: add uart nodes
Now that we can register uarts through device-tree, add them to the dtsi
files.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 12:57:05 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
5c69047aaf brcm63xx: add clkdev lookup support
Add clockdev lookup support for easier providing of clocks for
devices.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 12:57:05 +01:00
Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas
e12c72bb52 brcm63xx: Add Sercomm AD1018 support
Add support for the Sercomm AD1018 router

This a BCM6328 based board, 128 MB RAM, 128 MiB NAND flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1 USB
host port (not soldered). The board also has an FXS chip (Si32177)
connected via SPI (SS2#), without support in LEDE.

Since NAND flash chips aren't still supported in brcm63xx, the
support is for now added to work only with SPI flash chips. Therefore
hardware modding, soldering a new SPI flash chip, is required
to make the board work with LEDE (tested and working OK).
The flash at dts is intentionally left without partitioning to let
the user choose a NOR chip of any size (8, 16 or 32 MB).

Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: renamed ad1018 to ad1018-nor to signify the modification]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 12:57:05 +01:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
085967f774 at91: create sdcard image for sama5
create sdcard image using gen_at91_sdcard_img.sh for sama5 platform
and sdcard image partition layout is:
  P0: Boot (fat32) - contains(at91bootstrap,u-boot,zImage & dtb)
  p1: Rootfs (ext4)

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-12-16 00:02:14 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
665bb27499 ar71xx: fix invalid pointer dereference in rb95x_nand_scan_fixup()
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
chip->options causes an invalid pointer dereference (FS#1200).

Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.

Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-16 00:00:25 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
2ecc413107 ar71xx: fix invalid pointer dereference in c60_nand_scan_fixup()
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
the fields of the nand_chip structure causes an invalid pointer
dereference.

Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.

Compile tested only.

Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-15 23:57:41 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
c13b4ef2c8 kernel: fix compiler warning in mtdsplit_minor.c under 4.4
When mtdsplit_minor.c is compiled under Linux 4.4, the compiler
drops the following warning:

    CC      drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.o
  drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
    .parse_fn = mtdsplit_parse_minor,
                ^
  drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: note: (near initialization for 'mtdsplit_minor_parser.parse_fn')

The second parameter of the parser function must not have a 'const'
qualifier in 4.4. The 001-mtdsplit_backport.patch removes the qualifier
from other partition parsers. Update it to handle mtdsplit_minor.c as
well.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-15 23:57:09 +01:00
kyson Lok
e776b6ed0b ar71xx: fix LED name typo for GL-AR300M
It shouldn't use double colon characters.

Signed-off-by: kyson Lok <kysonlok@gmail.com>
2017-12-15 23:50:21 +01:00
John Crispin
9f8d28285d Revert "ar71xx: TL-WR1043N v4/v5: add orange WAN LED support"
This reverts commit 256990cbc0.

this commit caused a compile error

"TL_WR1043_V5_GPIO_LED_WANORANGE" is undefined.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2017-12-14 11:00:11 +01:00
Tim Thorpe
256990cbc0 ar71xx: TL-WR1043N v4/v5: add orange WAN LED support
Add missing definitions for the orange WAN LED on the TL-WR1043N(D) v4 and
v5. Minor format correction on a constant for consistency.

Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
2017-12-14 09:29:31 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
85c1644a86 ar71xx: generate BR region-code factory image for TP-Link TL-WR940N
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
João Chaínho
4d8a8c80d9 ar71xx: Fix switch port numbering on MIkrotik RB951Ui-2nD and RB493G
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB951Ui-2nD (hAP).
Also fixes the switch port numbering shown on LuCI for Mikrotik RB493G.

Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
cb02a376b3 apm821xx: use x86's upgrade scripts for MyBook Live
Advantages:
 - preserves existing partition layout. On the hard-drive.
   Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.

Disadvantages:
 - The upgrade process takes much longer to run.
   from 2-3 seconds to 15-25 seconds.

Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-rootfs.img.gz
has to be written manually onto the disk. Please don't forget to backup
your configuration in this cases.

Note2: This patch requires
"base-files: upgrade: make get_partitions() endian agnostic"

Note3: If your current installation does not host the two
changes, sysupgrading will wipe the existing partition
layout. Don't forget to backup your data!

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
0cad9f09be apm821xx: MyBook Live convert to DT PHY
Changes MyBook Live to use DT PHY probing and the broadcom phy driver.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
6ad56fb34c apm821xx: convert to dt based diag LED script
Please note that users with a Netgear WNDR4700
will need to update the device-tree partition
manually.

For instructions, please refere to commit 49856a4bb5
("apm821xx: make it possible to update the dtb partition on the WNDR4700")

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
da6fdce365 base-files: unify get_dt_led helper function
Lantiq and IPQ806X (which includes IPQ40XX) both define the
same custom function {ipq806x|lantiq}_get_dt_led.

This patch moves the function into the base-file package at
lib/functions/leds.sh to make it more accessible for other
targets as well.

Cc: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
a8d3d517d0 brcm63xx: fix an OOPS when accessing the basemode register on 6368
The bcm6368 pinctrl driver passed the wrong variable to
devm_regmap_field_alloc, causing it to blow up when later trying to
access the field.

Fixes #1211.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-13 16:40:47 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
eeeee885fb ar71xx: fix lzma-loader build with glibc
For an unknown reason gcc tries to link in crti.o when building with a
glibc toolchain (this does not happen with other targets). Prevent this
by telling gcc explicitly to not do that.

Fixes the following build error:

/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x18): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 against `__gmon_start__'
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x28): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_CALL16 against `__gmon_start__'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-12-13 11:34:51 +01:00
Luis Araneda
575178e462 treewide: add only one device when appending to TARGET_DEVICES
This will avoid some conflicts when doing a git rebase or merge,
specially when adding support to a new device.

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
[drop brcm47xx changes which rename the images]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-12 18:47:26 +01:00
Gabor Juhos
e7b48fcfe1 ar71xx: fix board detection with newer RouterBOOT versions
Recent RouterBOOT version (at least version 3.41 on RB911G-5HPacD)
use "Board=" kernel parameter instead of "board=" to pass the board
name to the kernel. Due to this change the board detection code is
not working on the devices shipped with the new RouterBOOT version.
Because the kernel is unable to identify these boards they become
unusable despite that they are supported by the current code.

Update the prom_init code to convert the 'Board' kernel parameter to
'board'. After this change, the board detection works also with the
new RouterBOOT versions.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
2017-12-12 17:05:25 +08:00
Moritz Warning
b8220883fd brcm47xx: remove versions from linksys-e1000 target
The target name does not need to included a revision
if all revisions are supported.
This target supports all revisions (v1, v2, v2.1).

Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[Keep the version numbers in the device title, it doesn't harm]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-11 12:44:50 +01:00
Moritz Warning
ac3d7d3569 brcm47xx: use proper region code in image name
Replace 'north-america' by 'na' and remove 'other-regions' in image
files for Netgear WGR614 v10.

Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
2017-12-11 12:44:41 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
ab6620e817 lantiq: dgn3500 drop worldwide suffix
Remove the WW suffix, everything without a region suffix is world wide
anyway.

While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-11 12:43:29 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
0c7ad4e5d3 lantiq: nand: drop ubifs images
Users are confused which image type they should use and there are more
drawbacks than adavantages in using a r/w ubifs rootfs in constrast to
a read-only squashfs rootfs like:

 - less available free flash space due to better compression of squashfs
   images
 - no support for factory reset due to r/w filesystem
 - possibility to break failsafe due to r/w filesystem

Therefore, drop support for r/w ubifs rootfs images.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-11 10:31:00 +01:00
Pavel Kubelun
69d22a6bf6 ramips: fix a typo in 02_network
The typo in network defaults script in ramips target that prevents
defaults to initialize.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2017-12-08 22:34:31 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
0b8a1e75df ar71xx: remove nand_board_name platform override
The boardname isn't used any longer to find the subdirectory in the
sysupgrade tar archive, which makes this override useless.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-12-08 20:57:12 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
668eb70157 kernel: MIPS compile out no-op DMA mapping ops where possible
Slightly improves networking throughput on some devices

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-12-08 19:55:17 +01:00
Rosen Penev
1c2fdfbaf2 ag71xx: Reduce NAPI weight to 32.
Qualcomm claims this reduces cache misses. Original commit message below:

From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Tue, 11 Jun 2013 12:18:46 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] reduce NAPI weight

In an attempt to increase our cache warmth, we are decreasing NAPI.
This increases the warmth of the reused SKBs.

Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-12-08 19:54:37 +01:00
Rosen Penev
524d103e7e Revert "ag71xx: Switch from driver to kernel macro for NAPI_WEIGHT."
The motivation for this was misguided. It turns out tuning the NAPI weight could be useful for testing purposes. Therefore reverting.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-12-08 19:54:34 +01:00
Zoltan HERPAI
d2c06eb075 merge: etc: update remaining files
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2017-12-08 19:41:18 +01:00
Zoltan HERPAI
1f8585cf99 merge: ssid: update default ssid
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2017-12-08 19:41:18 +01:00
Zoltan HERPAI
7b5c989ab9 merge: targets: update image generation and targets
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2017-12-08 19:41:18 +01:00
David Bauer
5a8e9846af
ar71xx: C58/C59 fix LAN1 working incorrectly
This commit fixes LAN Port 1 not transferring data in case no
other LAN Port has active link-state on TP-Link Archer C58/C59.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2017-12-08 13:53:03 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
f997478655 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.67
Refresh patches.
Remove upstreamed patches:
- generic/190-1-5-e1000e-Fix-error-path-in-link-detection.patch
- generic/190-3-5-e1000e-Fix-return-value-test.patch
- generic/190-4-5-e1000e-Separate-signaling-for-link-check-link-up.patch
- generic/190-5-5-e1000e-Avoid-receiver-overrun-interrupt-bursts.patch
- ramips/0102-MIPS-ralink-Fix-MT7628-pinmux.patch
- ramips/0103-MIPS-ralink-Fix-typo-in-mt7628-pinmux-function
Update patches that no longer apply:
- layerscape/815-spi-support-layerscape.patch
- ramips/0099-pci-mt7620.patch

Compile-tested on ar71xx, brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-12-07 01:41:09 +02:00
Zoltan HERPAI
58e0673900 ramips: add support for Asus RT-N11P / RT-N12+ / RT-N12E b1
This is a variant of the MT7620N-based Asus routers.

Specifications:

- MT7620N (580 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 5x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- 2.4 GHz WLAN
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J2) header on PCB (115200 8n1)

Flash instructions:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.75/24
2. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds. All 4 LEDs will
   start to blink, which is when the router will accept firmware files via TFTP.
   No known limitations on firmware filenames, just send it with a TFTP client
   to 192.168.1.1.
3. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2017-12-06 17:51:31 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
deaf9597c6 sdk: restrict base feed repo to public git for CONFIG_BUILDBOT only
This allows people to build SDK from custom repository (git access using
ssh) and keep original URL in SDK's feeds.conf.default.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-12-05 22:56:31 +01:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
18cc8d520c ramips: add missing reset button for Nexx WT1520
This commit adds missing the GPIO key used as reset button.
Nexx WT1520 has a GPIO key for factory reset, but it's not defined in
WT1520.dtsi and cannot use it.

Drop the UART (full) from the device tree source file, it was never
used for this board. Adjust the kernel bootargs accordingly.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[add note about dropped UART (full) to the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-28 20:59:02 +01:00
Rosen Penev
7a318bc1a1 kernel: Update kernel 4.4 to 4.4.100
Run-tested on ramips

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-11-25 19:48:39 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
9fe59abef8 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.65
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested: ar71xx, octeon, x86/64.
Runtime-tested: ar71xx, octeon, x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-11-24 14:09:11 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b5d52b2052 sunxi: remove support for kernel 4.4
Kernel 4.9 is working good on this target, remove support for kernel 4.4
now.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-11-23 19:17:11 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c048ca0ce0 sunxi: backport sunxi-mmc controller driver from 4.13
There are multiple problems on the A64 SoC with the older drivers which
are fixed in the upstream kernel.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-11-23 19:16:42 +01:00
Lucian Cristian
9f13f98c8c kernel: Hyper-V PCI pass through
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
2017-11-22 22:36:20 +01:00
Lucian Cristian
551de61ddc kernel: add 32bit x86 HYPER-V support
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[refresh config]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-11-22 22:36:02 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
62ede4f783 kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.63
Refreshed all patches.

Removed upstreamed parts.

Compile-tested: cns3xxx, imx6, mvebu, layerscape
Run-tested: cns3xxx, imx6

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2017-11-22 20:45:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
aa82141d9b ramips: use pinmux nodes from dtsi
Use the pinmux nodes from the included dtsi file instead of adding
duplicate nodes.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-22 08:21:53 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
b69ceb0c3d ramips: add missing pinmuxes to SoC dtsi
Add pinmuxes defined by some board which are including the dtsi files
to the dtsi files itself. Allows to reduce duplication.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-22 08:21:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
e142173e8d ramips: backport MT7628 pinmux fixes
According to the datasheet the REFCLK pin is shared with GPIO#37 and
the PERST pin is shared with GPIO#36.

While at it fix a typo inside the pinmux setup code. The function is called
refclk and not reclk.

Update device tree source files accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-22 08:21:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
2f9fe78e75 ramips: fix Planex CS-QR10 device packages
Add kmod-sound-core, it is a dependency of kmod-sound-mt7620 and will
not be autoselected.

Remove kmod-i2c-core, it will be autoselected by kmod-i2c-ralink.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-22 08:21:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
a783185e28 ramips: fix DCH-M225 support
Setting the pins of the UARTF group to GPIO+I2S at the time the I2C
driver loads is to late for the wps GPIO button.

The gpio-keys driver fails to load since the pin used by the wps button
is not yet set to GPIO. The wps button with the rfkill keycode is
essential for this wireless only board.

Add the missing sound and I2C kernel modules corresponding to the
device nodes.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-22 08:21:52 +01:00
Ted Hess
358df5e4fc ixp4xx: Update to 4.9 kernel, refresh patches. Remove kmod-spi-gpio-old usage.
Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
2017-11-18 08:21:38 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
370ce1fb48 bcm53xx: use otrx for creating TRX images
The advantage is that we don't have to specify max TRX size anymore and
otrx doesn't allocate a buffer of that size. It saves us allocating
32 MiB for every image we generate.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-11-17 11:43:33 +01:00
Rosen Penev
146326c454 kernel: Enable fadvise on older kernels.
Backport of 56342ee2bc for older kernels.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-11-17 09:29:45 +01:00
Luis Araneda
b31c1237c7 sunxi: add support for NanoPi M1 Plus board
Backported devicetree from Kernel 4.13 with some additions
to enable Ethernet and WiFi module

The following features are working:
- Ethernet
- WiFi
- eMMC and microSD slot
- USB ports

The following features are not working:
* Bluetooth

NanoPi M1 Plus key features
- SoC: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7@1.2GHz
- RAM: 1GB DDR3
- eMMC: 8GB
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 10/100/1000M
- Wifi: AP6212

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2017-11-17 08:20:30 +01:00
Luis Araneda
ef1483b8fe sunxi: base files: add AP6212 (brcm43430) NVRAM
Used by the NanoPi M1 Plus board

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2017-11-17 08:20:14 +01:00
Roman Yeryomin
8bb33f3c98 ipq806x: ipq4019: enable usb phy
Run tested on ap-dk01.2-c1

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-11-17 08:18:00 +01:00
Antony Black
d44a6307c9 brcm47xx: fix switch port mapping on D-Link DIR-330
D-Link DIR-330 is clone of ASUS WL500GP2, by default conf the WAN port is
eth1, it's not working cus eth1 not soldered and wan port function
performs 5th port of the switch.

Signed-off-by: Antony Black <gtrtfm@gmail.com>
2017-11-16 22:56:54 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
00a8f349f7 kernel: backport a patch that allows drivers to tweak the TSQ logic
Currently local TCP performance on wifi devices can be limited because
the TSQ (TCP Small Queues) code is tuned for wired ethernet latencies.

With this patch drivers can increase the amount of local buffering to
allow TCP to trigger larger aggregation sizes

This commit is modified from the upstream version to allow #ifdef based
backport feature detection

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-16 15:23:51 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
9996480b0e ramips: add support for ZBT WE3526
This is a variant of the ZBT WG3526 with a few minor modifications.
The wifi chips are swapped, and there is no GPIO controllable status
LED. There is also no SATA port.

Specifications:

- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 512 MB RAM
- 16 MB Flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- MT7612E 802.11ac 5 GHz WLAN
- MT7603E 802.11n 2.4 GHz WLAN

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-16 12:52:55 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
3eb839b579 ramips: extract board name from device tree as a fallback
This makes it possible to avoid more duplication when adding support for
a new board

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-16 12:52:55 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
0d5e024e09 cns3xxx: refresh kernel config
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2017-11-15 21:12:06 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
31691f9649 mvebu: backport a kernel irq fix for setting IRQ affinity
The IRQ controller can only set the affinity to a single CPU. Update the
mask in the controller data.

Suggested-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-15 18:49:12 +01:00
Paul Wassi
e3c55dbe30 ar71xx: merge mach-files for TP-Link TL-WR802N v1 and v2
TP-Link TL-WR802N v1 and v2 are set up with almost same configuration in
the mach-files. Merge the mach-files of these devices.

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Tim Thorpe
673793d753 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option.

The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.

Specifications:

 - QCA9563 at 775 MHz
 - 64 MB RAM
 - 16 MB flash
 - 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
 - 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
 - reset and Wi-Fi buttons

Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Paul Wassi
e202a8b9f6 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WA901ND v5
The TL-WA901ND v5 has the same hardware as v4, although the PCB has
a different layout. Installation from factory is done via TFTP.
(rename -factory image to wa901ndv4_tp_recovery.bin for tftp)

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Robert Marko
ac4a52b5c8 ar71xx: complete support for RB mAP 2nD
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD mAP 2nD
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBmAP2nD

Specifications:

- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin QCA9531, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 2x100M (802.3af/at POE in and passive POE out on ETH2)
- USB: microUSB type AB port

This patch adds missing code to fully support mAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for mAP 2nD, but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc., was missing.

Note: The POE LED works but doesn't turn on when POE passthrough is
enabled, despite being configured with GPIO trigger.

Installation

1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
   - DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
     server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
   - DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
     of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board

The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.

Revert to RouterOS

Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply

Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.

Click on install again.

In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Paul Wassi
d7adaceda3 ar71xx: fix network setup for UniFi
The Ubiquiti UniFi APs just have eth0. Until now, the setup script fell
through to the default case and configured the (not present) eth1 as
WAN with DHCP.

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Robert Marko
3b15eb06c3 ar71xx: complete support for RB wAP 2nD
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAP2nD

Specifications:

- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: built-in QCA9533, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100M (802.3af/at POE in)

This patch adds missing code to fully support wAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for wAP 2nD but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc. was missing.

Installation:

1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
   - DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
     server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
   - DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
     of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board

The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.

Revert to RouterOS

Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply

Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.

Click on install again.

In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Paul Wassi
b23b0fb28b ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WR810N v2
TP-Link TL-WR810N v2 is a compact Wi-Fi router with two Ethernet ports.

Specification:

- QCA9533 (650 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 300 Mbps Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (eth0, eth1)
- UART on testpads on PCB
- 1x LED (GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset/WPS button
- 1x slide-switch with 2 GPIO inputs

Flash instructions:

- Flash as regular firmware update in Web UI
- Default: 192.168.0.254 / admin / admin
- Select *-factory.bin

When holding reset button during power-up, U-Boot requests a file
'wr810nv1_tp_recovery.bin' from TFTP server at 192.168.0.66

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
c83bdd094e ar71xx: add support for Wallys DR342
Wallys DR342 is a 5 GHz, 2T2R AP/CPE board based on Atheros AR9342.

Short specification:

- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x Gbps Ethernet (AR8035) with passive PoE support (24-56 V)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 5 GHz with external FEM (SKY85728-11), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- miniPCIe connector with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses
- optional miniSIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
- 1x DC jack for main power (12-56 V)

Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):

1. tftp 0x82000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr342-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
fa36bea470 ramips: add support for UniElec U7628-01
UniElec U7628-01 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7628AN.
The device has the following specifications:

- MT7628AN (580MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (MT7628 built-in switch)
- 1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (MT7628)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 7x single-color LEDs (GPIO-controlled)
- 1x bi-color LED (green GPIO-controlled, red -> LED_WLAN# in miniPCIe)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x SDXC/GPIO header (10-pins, connected with microSD slot)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)

The following has been tested and is working:

- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slot (tested with modem and Wi-Fi card)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- USB 2.0 port*

Due to a missing driver (MMC over GPIO) this is not supported:

- microSD card reader

* Warning:
USB buses in miniPCIe and regular A-type socket are connected together,
without any proper analog switch or USB HUB.

Installation:

This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.

Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 128MB
RAM/16MB flash version):

sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt76x8-u7628-01-128M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

Recovery:

This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.

SDXC/GPIO header (J3):

 1. SDXC_D3  / I2C_SCLK
 2. SDXC_D2  / I2C_SD
 3. SDXC_D1  / I2S_DI
 4. SDXC_D0  / I2S_WS
 5. SDXC_CMD / I2S_CLK
 6. SDXC_CLK / GPIO0
 7. SDXC_CD  / UART_RXD1
 8. UART_TXD1
 9. 3V3
10. GND

Other notes:

1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 128/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
46ab81e405 ramips: add support for UniElec U7621-06
UniElec U7621-06 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7621AT.
The device has the following specifications:

- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 8/16/32/64 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x ASMedia ASM1061 (for mSATA and SATA)
- 2x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x mSATA slot (with USB 2.0 bus for modem)
- 1x SATA
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 3.0
- 12x LEDs (3 GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x FPC connector for LEDs (20-pin, 0.5 mm pitch)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)

The following has been tested and is working:

- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards)
- mSATA slot (tested with modem and mSATA drive)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- microSD slot

Installation:

This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.

Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 256MB
RAM/16MB flash version):

sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt7621-u7621-06-256M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

Recovery:

This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.

LEDs list (top row, left to right):

- LED_WWAN# (connected with pin 42 in LTE/mSATA slot)
- Power (connected directly to 3V3)
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- TXD2 (GPIO11, configured as "led4", without default trigger)
- RXD2 (GPIO12, configured as "led5", without default trigger)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi0 slot)

LEDs list (bottom row, left to right):

- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)

Other notes:

1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 256/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.

2. The manufacturer offers five different wireless cards with MediaTek
chipsets, based on MT76x2, MT7603 and MT7615. Images of the board all
show that the miniPCIe slots are dedicated to specific Wi-Fi cards.
However, the slots are generic.

3. All boards we got access to had the same EEPROM content. The default
firmware reads the Ethernet MAC from offset 0xe000 in factory partition.
This offset only contains 0xffs, so a random MAC will be generated on
every boot of the router. There is a valid MAC stored at offset 0xe006
and this MAC is shown as the WAN MAC in the bootloader. However, it is
the same on all boards we have checked. Based on information provided
by the vendor, all boards sold in small quantities are considered more
as samples for development purposes.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
55c77b3d3c ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for TP-Link RE450 v1
This increases kernel partition size and fixes rootfs (file-system)
partition size on TP-Link RE450 v1. Also, while we are at it, switch
from statically defined kernel and rootfs partitions in kernel cmdline
to "tplink-fw" mtd splitter.

Fixes: FS#1072.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
a4bb13e720 ar71xx: fix typo in Kconfig.openwrt
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
2eeb8ac271 ar71xx: image: fix typo in tp-link.mk
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
ca6002c0ef ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for some TP-Link boards
This patch increases kernel partition size and re-enables image
generation for below TP-Link boards:

- archer-c58-v1
- archer-c60-v1
- tl-wr902ac-v1
- tl-wr942n-v1

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[commit message and title reworded]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
769e1bac7b layerscape: enable CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4 in kernel 4.9
This patch is to enable CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4 in kernel 4.9
which is a dependency for mac80211 package.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-14 12:55:20 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
ff56bb0dfb layerscape: fix pfe module autoload issue
There was a typo in module.mk for pfe module autoload.
This patch is to fix this and remove useless rc.local
which was for loading pfe module.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:50 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
d96d0eb28f layerscape: add a README for build and deployment
Added a README for layerscape targets build and deployment.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:50 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
2b1ec44dbd layerscape: add ls1012afrdm device support
The QorIQ FRDM-LS1012A Board is an ultra-low-cost
development platform for QorIQ LS1012A Series Network
Processors built on ARM Cortex-A53 processor.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
9e7b166704 layerscape: enlarge ext4 rootfs size to 30MB
This patch is to enlarge ext4 rootfs size to 30MB.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
5b8639f02e layerscape: add ppa firmware package
This patch is to add PPA (The Primary Protected Application)
package and also enable it for all layerscape devices.
LSDK github provides ppa source code git tree, but it
only could be compiled with 64-bit toolchain. For 32-bit
devices, there was no method to use it.
https://github.com/qoriq-open-source/ppa-generic

This patch is to directly use a private ppa binary tree for
both 32-bit and 64-bit devices.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
82fbca8aaa layerscape: support LSDK ppfe
This patch is to use ppfe git tree on LSDK github
instead of private git tree, and support the latest
ppfe on ls1012ardb.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
669c02d46d layerscape: fix ls1046ardb 32-bit call trace
Enabled CONFIG_ARCH_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT in kernel to
resolve below call trace when ls1046ardb 32-bit
started up kernel.

[    0.142141] Bman ver:0a02,02,01
[    0.145326] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[    0.149969] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at arch/arm/mm/ioremap.c:303 __arm_ioremap_pfn_caller+0x1ac/0x1d8
[    0.159152] Modules linked in:
[    0.162216] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.9.51-g9c76e024 #2
[    0.169036] Hardware name: Generic DT based system
[    0.173853] [<c02236a4>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c021ed94>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[    0.181638] [<c021ed94>] (show_stack) from [<c04d2d38>] (dump_stack+0x98/0xac)
[    0.188899] [<c04d2d38>] (dump_stack) from [<c0245bcc>] (__warn+0xe4/0x100)
[    0.195896] [<c0245bcc>] (__warn) from [<c0245c98>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x20/0x28)
[    0.203504] [<c0245c98>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c0229e24>] (__arm_ioremap_pfn_caller+0x1ac/0x1d8)
[    0.212861] [<c0229e24>] (__arm_ioremap_pfn_caller) from [<c0229f0c>] (ioremap_cache+0x20/0x28)
[    0.221608] [<c0229f0c>] (ioremap_cache) from [<c105e390>] (parse_mem_property.part.3+0x18/0x50)
[    0.230441] [<c105e390>] (parse_mem_property.part.3) from [<c105e6dc>] (qman_init_early+0x314/0x334)
[    0.239623] [<c105e6dc>] (qman_init_early) from [<c0201a24>] (do_one_initcall+0xb4/0x168)
[    0.247844] [<c0201a24>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c1000e84>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x1d8/0x280)
[    0.256590] [<c1000e84>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c0adbcfc>] (kernel_init+0x8/0x114)
[    0.264812] [<c0adbcfc>] (kernel_init) from [<c021bb28>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
[    0.272423] ---[ end trace 39aaeef329e2a0a2 ]---
[    0.277058] qman-fqd addr 0xfb000000 size 0x800000

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
110c9e9034 layerscape: update config-4.9
Some new options were introduced by kernel patches.
And some options should be removed/added.
The config-4.9 should be updated accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
ce6311d283 layerscape: update kernel patches
Updated kernel patches to align layerscape kernel
with latest LSDK linux (LSDK-17.09-update-103017-V4.9 tag).

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:49 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
47cff4cf5f layerscape: support all-in-one firmware for ls1088ardb/ls2088ardb
Suppport all-in-one firmware for ls1088ardb/ls2088ardb by
integrating u-boot/rcw/mc/dpl/restool.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:47 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
e47c93bb19 layerscape: remove default profile
Default profile had to enable many packages for all devices
support. This made these packages still enabled when built
for single device. This patch is to remove default profile.
For multiple devices build, it's proper to build with multiple
devices profile.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:47 +01:00
Yangbo Lu
4e209e07f7 layerscape: clean up kernel patches
A previous patch disaggregated kernel patch 601 intending to
reverse the ndo_get_stats64 change, but it also dropped
many other changes without a reason. This caused build issue
for layerscape. This patch is to fix that with below steps.
1. Reversed patch "1c4415a layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64",
   but kept kernel patch 701 which was a proper fix.
2. Reversed the ndo_get_stats64 change in kernel patch 601.
3. Renamed patch 601 (net patch) to 202 (core-linux patch). Maybe it's
   more proper.

Fixes: 1c4415a679 ("layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-11-10 23:00:47 +01:00
Tim Thorpe
bddffc5e7b brcm47xx: fix switch port mapping on Asus RT-N16
On the Asus RT-N16, the ports are not mapped the in the same way as
the RT-N12.  It is, however, the same as the Linksys E3000v1.

Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
2017-11-10 14:53:04 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
645b163cfc ar71xx: fix regression in 74x164 initialization with 4.9
The memcpy of the init data relies on chip->registers to be initialized,
which only happens later in the code. Move this initialization further
down to make it work.
This was breaking PCIe/USB on some MikroTik RouterBoard devices.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-10 00:53:10 +01:00
Daniel Gimpelevich
a6e9d146f2 lantiq: add missing macaddr retrieval for Netgear DGN3500
The MAC addresses were not being set for LAN and WAN. This will now use the
same MAC mechanism as the rest of the target.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
2017-11-08 23:25:05 +01:00
Robert Marko
d0ef27594a ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR840N v5
TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 is simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas, based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.

Specification:

- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 1x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button

* LED in TL-WR840N v5 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
  Orange LED is registered so you can later use it for your own purposes.

  Flash instruction:

  Unlike TL-WR840N v4 flashing through WEB UI works in v5.
  1. Download lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr840n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin image.
  2. Go to 192.168.0.1
  3. Flash the sysupgrade image through Firmware upgrade section of WEB UI.
  4. Wait until green LED stops flashing and use the router.

Notes:
TFTP recovery is broken since TP-Link reused bootloader code for v4 and
that does not take into account only 4 MB of flash and bricks the device.
So do not use TFTP Recovery or you will have to rewrite SPI flash.
They fixed it in later GPL code,but it is unknown which version of
bootloader you have.

After manually compiling and flashing bootloader from GPL sources TFTP
recovery works properly.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2017-11-08 23:25:05 +01:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
74f891752b generic: make mtdsplit-tplink.c honor rootfs offset
The splitter ignored the rootfs offset from the header, probably
because until c1e6e61 it was invalid.

This patch fixes the splitter to use the now correct header data.

Regarding target/linux/ar71xx/files/drivers/mtd/tplinkpart.c,
this particular splitter "falls back" to the correct rootfs offset
reading and as such it doesn't need to be updated, although it will
report a kernel partition length that can be larger than the actual
length as it assumes that partition fills the entire segment up to
the rootfs partition.

Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-11-08 23:18:22 +01:00
Zoltan HERPAI
f9ecb0d562 sunxi: add Orange Pi 2 support
- H3 @ 1.3 GHz
- 1GiB DDR3
- 10/100Mbps Ethernet
- Realtek RTL8189ETV wifi
- 4 USB 2.0

Difference to the "Orange Pi Plus" is the lack of Gbit ethernet
and lack of onboard flash.

Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2017-11-06 16:39:41 +01:00
Rosen Penev
e555153807 ag71xx: Switch from driver to kernel macro for NAPI_WEIGHT.
NAPI_POLL_WEIGHT was introduced in the kernel for exactly this purpose 5 years ago.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-11-06 16:39:41 +01:00
Sergey Ryazanov
890e668273 ixp4xx: drop the jumbo frame support
Current jumbo frame support code allocates rxbuffers of the maximum size
supported by the hardware (~14KB). This happens at the device open time
even if the configured MTU is lower (e.g. if it configured to standard
1500 bytes). Such behavior effectivly prevents interface start on boards
with a low ammount of RAM (e.g. WRT300N v2), since the kernel simly can
not allocates of ~0.8MB (14KB x 64).

So remove jumbo frame support for now.

Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
2017-11-06 16:39:41 +01:00
Sergey Ryazanov
204f3f5987 ixp4xx: fix non-standard phy support
The patch, which adds multiphy support, adds new path for non-standard
PHYs (e.g. MV88E6060 switch IC) to avoid using kernel phy framework. All
work well except the link status traking (Duplex and Speed), which is
reseted as soon as PHY connection procedure is done. This leads to lost
of the link status of non-standard PHY, which is configured exactly in
the ixp4xx_phy_connect() function.

Move the generic reset of a link state to the ixp4xx_phy_connect()
function to the code path, which is intended for handling of a normal
PHY.

Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
2017-11-06 16:39:41 +01:00
Kayo Phoenix
6a3565985f sunxi: Added profile for HAOYU Electronics Marsboard A10
The MarsBoard was a short-lived credit-card sized, extendable board with an Allwinner A10 SoC.
http://linux-sunxi.org/MarsBoard_A10

Signed-off-by: Kayo Phoenix <kayo@illumium.org>
[Forward-ported to new target layout:]
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2017-11-06 16:39:41 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
c078386ae3 ar71xx: only use SPI NOR 4K sectors on smaller flash chips for mikrotik devices
On NOR based Mikrotik devices, 4K sectors significantly slow down
firmware flashing and jffs2 usage. On NAND based devices they may be
necessary to run rbcfg (the boot loader config is often on SPI NOR).

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-06 16:38:28 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
c08293893a kernel: add support for limiting 4K erase sector support based on flash chip size
Some targets need 4K sectors for small flash chips (e.g. some
routerboards, where the entire chip is just one "erase block"), whereas
on other devices 4K sectors lead to horrible flash erase/write
performance.

Set the default limit in the generic kernel configuration to 4 MiB to
ensure that all new platforms don't use 4K sectors for bigger flash
chips. On all existing targets use 16 MiB for now to avoid regressions.
They will be changed individually in follow-up commits.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-06 16:38:25 +01:00
Stefan Lippers-Hollmann
9a221c6d69 ip806x: nbg6817: sysupgrade support both targets for kernel/ rootfs partitions
With this commit and the previous "nbg6817: don't hardcode the rootfs location
by using append-rootblock instead" applied, it is possible to boot- and
sysupgrade from both dual-boot sets (the primary mmcblk0p4+mmcblk0p5 or the
alternative mmcblk0p7+mmcblk0p8). However the sysupgrade support does not
toggle between both dual-boot sets between firmware upgrades so far.

The partition map of the eMMC used in the nbg6817 is:

Found valid GPT with protective MBR; using GPT.
Disk /dev/mmcblk0: 7471104 sectors, 3.6 GiB
Logical sector size: 512 bytes
Disk identifier (GUID): XXX
Partition table holds up to 12 entries
First usable sector is 34, last usable sector is 7471070
Partitions will be aligned on 2-sector boundaries
Total free space is 1 sectors (512 bytes)

Number  Start (sector)    End (sector)  Size       Code  Name
   1              34            8225   4.0 MiB     FFFF  rootfs_data
   2            8226           16417   4.0 MiB     FFFF  romd
   3           16418           18465   1024.0 KiB  FFFF  header
   4           18466           26657   4.0 MiB     FFFF  kernel
   5           26658          157729   64.0 MiB    FFFF  rootfs
   6          157730          159777   1024.0 KiB  FFFF  header_1
   7          159778          167969   4.0 MiB     FFFF  kernel_1
   8          167970          299041   64.0 MiB    FFFF  rootfs_1
   9          299042          823329   256.0 MiB   FFFF  bu1
  10          823330         7471069   3.2 GiB     FFFF  bu2

rootfs_data is the ext4 formatted overlay of the OEM firmware, LEDE
ignores it due to its (too) small size.

romd/ bu1 are initialized with zeroes (0x00) and unused.

bu2 is formatted with ext4 and used for streamboost and other optional
functionality by the OEM firmware, it is reformatted during factory
resets of the OEM firmware.

header/ header_1 contains version information for the corresponding
vendor firmwares installed to kernel/rootfs or kernel_1/ rootfs_1, the
format hasn't been completely reverse engineered so far and remains
left untouched by LEDE:

V1.00(ABCS.2)C0:
 00000000  00 00 a7 74 01 32 f0 00  56 31 2e 30 30 28 41 42  |...t.2..V1.00(AB|
 00000010  43 53 2e 32 29 43 30 00  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |CS.2)C0.........|
 00000020  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  00 00 d5 dc 4e 42 47 36  |............NBG6|
 00000030  38 31 37 00 ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |817.............|
 00000040  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |................|
 *
 00000060  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff 00 00 22 a3  |..............".|
 00000070  00 1c 70 00 ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |..p.............|
 00000080  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |................|
 *
 00000800  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  |................|
 *
 00100000

V1.00(ABCS.5)C0:
 00000000  00 00 bf 94 01 46 d8 00  56 31 2e 30 30 28 41 42  |.....F..V1.00(AB|
 00000010  43 53 2e 35 29 43 30 00  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |CS.5)C0.........|
 00000020  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  00 00 d6 5a 4e 42 47 36  |...........ZNBG6|
 00000030  38 31 37 00 ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |817.............|
 00000040  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |................|
 *
 00000060  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff 00 00 c0 2c  |...............,|
 00000070  00 1c 58 00 ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |..X.............|
 00000080  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  |................|
 *
 00010000  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  |................|
 *
 00100000

Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2017-10-29 03:11:51 +01:00
Stefan Lippers-Hollmann
b583aaf5aa ip806x: nbg6817: don't hardcode the rootfs location by using append-rootblock instead
This changes the cmdline from:

Kernel command line: root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)

to

Kernel command line: rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd root=/dev/mmcblk0p5
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)

As a consequence booting from the alternative dual-boot partition set
(root=/dev/mmcblk0p8) becomes possible.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2017-10-29 02:55:27 +01:00
Roman Yeryomin
156f2df879 ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support
AP-DK01.1-C1 is QCA dev board with:
- ipq4018 quad core ARM @716.8MHz, 2x2 dual (11n+11ac) radio
- 256MB RAM
- 32MB SPI flash
- QCA8075 multiport ethernet phy (WAN port, 4x LAN ports)

First installation via u-boot:
sf probe
sf erase 0x180000 0x1a00000
tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ipq806x-AP-DK01.1-C1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf write 0x84000000 0x180000 $filesize

Further upgrades via sysupgrade.

Changes:
- add partitions
- set memory size to 256MB
- add reserved memory mapping
- add correct compatible string
- add image generation
- extract pre-cal data from ART partition

Compile and run tested.
Wirespeed NAT can be achieved with spreading rx interrupts over different
cores. Wifi speed is ~550Mbps @5GHz in open air.

Note:
AP-DK01.1-C1 is fully compatible with AP-DK01.2-C1, which has
ipq4028 instead of ipq4018 on board.

Changes since v2:
- based on dts(i) rework/cleanup submitted:
  http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2017-October/009596.html
- precise reserved memory mapping
- more precise description
- compatible string

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:24:26 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
a22e2bd37d ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: fix maximum cpu speed
Supported frequencies of all ipq40xx chips are 48, 200, 500 and 716.8 MHz.
Previous 666MHz setting was most likely related to instability of early
chips/boards made before mass production.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:19:32 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
21802ce3ab ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: remove spi chip node from ap-dk01 dtsi
All ap-dk01 boards have different spi chips, thus no point in keeping it in dtsi.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:19:19 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
97a836318f ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: move ap-dk01 networking entries to dtsi
That is mdio/ethernet and wifi are present on all ap-dk01 boards.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:19:02 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
45b1042a0a ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: remove counter entry from ap-dk01 boards
There is no code implementing "qcom,qca-gcnt", so no point in keeping it.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:18:51 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
91f0345801 ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: move ap-dk01 tcsr nodes to dtsi
tcsr configuration is the same for all ap-dk01 boards

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:18:38 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
ba9aa76a3a ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: remove crypto nodes from board dts
crypto and cryptobam are already present in dtsi used by these boards:
- fritz4040
- nbg6617
- rt-ac58u

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:18:24 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
1abc788924 ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: move xo and timer nodes to SoC dtsi
xo and timer are common thing and it makes more sense to keep them in SoC dtsi

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:18:11 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
ab3ab6241f ipq806x: ipq4019: dts: fix pinctrl node name
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-10-30 01:17:58 +02:00
Alexander Couzens
2e1f73a79f
mt7620: image.mk: make elecom-header reproducible
elecom-header adds a timestamp dependency. Replace
the timestamps with SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH [0] variable.

[0] https://reproducible-builds.org/specs/source-date-epoch/

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-11-06 00:09:18 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
1c68fd6d75 ar71xx: fix section mismatch in TP-Link Archer C7 v4 support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-05 18:52:14 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
e0d58157d8 ar71xx: fix flash fast read on devices using multiple flash chips
Add a callback to allow the SPI driver to indicate which devices fast
flash read works on.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-05 18:52:12 +01:00
Florian Beier
c4c72a9a42 ar71xx: fix LED config for DIR-869 A1
This fixes the LED configuration for the D-Link DIR-869 A1. In order to
support the device I probed around using an initramfs image for the
UniFi AC. Pulling GPIO 15 to low enabled the LEDs while high disabled them.
GPIO 16 set to low meant that the color was white while pulling it to high
made the color change to orange. The past code was written based upon these
findings.
However, running a flashed image I now discovered that GPIO 15 controls the
orange LEDs while GPIO 16 controls the white ones and that both are active
when low. This means that the GPIOs were inverted and one active_low was set
wrong which this patch fixes.

Behavior of the LED front after this patch is applied:

cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link:white:status/brightness
0   -> white LEDs are OFF
255 -> white LEDs are ON

cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link🍊status/brightness
0   -> orange LEDs are OFF
255 -> orange LEDs are ON

If the brightness of both is set to 255 the LED front will be white.
If the brightness of both is set to 0 the LED front will be off.

Signed-off-by: Florian Beier <beier.florian@gmail.com>
2017-11-03 20:04:52 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
f9311e4070 ar71xx: wzr-hp-ag300h: drop unused wmac led_pin settings
The GPIOs are used for defined LEDs and therefore are ignored/unset in
the ath9k driver since 192f0a3db8. The wireless led led trigger is
added in userspace since e20965811d, which makes the
ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() superfluous.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-11-03 20:04:52 +01:00
Thibaut VARENE
dfa2930988 ar71xx: mach-rbspi: fix 74x164 support
The platform data was missing the num_registers element which is now
mandatory in linux 4.9

Without this patch, the gpio probing would fail with:
gpio gpiochip1: (74x164): tried to insert a GPIO chip with zero lines

Fixes: #1106

Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-11-03 20:04:51 +01:00
Stefan Lippers-Hollmann
189433e543 ipq806x: nbg6817: sync MAC addresses to the upstream values
The ZyXEL NBG6817 calculates all MAC addresses based on the ethaddr
value stored in the U-Boot environment (0:APPSBLENV). No MAC addresses
are stored in the ART partition and the generated MAC addresses for the
wlan interfaces alternate randomly between 12:34:56:78:90:12 and
00:03:7f:12:34:56.

interface	  new/ OEM MAC	old MAC

wlan-2.4g (phy1): ethaddr	undefined
wlan-5g   (phy0): ethaddr + 1	undefined
lan             : ethaddr + 2	ethaddr
wan             : ethaddr + 3	ethaddr + 1

This patch defines stable MAC addresses for the wlan interfaces for
the first time instead of generating them at random. The previously
defined values for lan/ wan are changed to follow the settings of the
OEM firmware.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2017-11-03 20:04:51 +01:00
Stefan Lippers-Hollmann
6e6d4f2e87 ipq806x: nbg6817: add kmod-fs-ext4 to device packages
The ZyXEL NBG6817 uses an eMMC flash for the rootfs, which is split
into the readonly squashfs and ext4 for the overlay. This adds the
required package to the device packages to allow mounting the overlay
by default.

/dev/root on /rom type squashfs (ro,relatime)
proc on /proc type proc (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
tmpfs on /tmp type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime)
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4 (rw,noatime,data=ordered)
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay (rw,noatime,lowerdir=/,upperdir=/overlay/upper,workdir=/overlay/work)
tmpfs on /dev type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755)
devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600,ptmxmode=000)
debugfs on /sys/kernel/debug type debugfs (rw,noatime)
mountd(pid1040) on /tmp/run/blockd type autofs (rw,relatime,fd=7,pgrp=1,timeout=30,minproto=5,maxproto=5,indirect)

Before this commit, the ext4 based overlayfs could not be mounted,
which left only the tmpfs based/ volatile  emergency overlay in place.

Fixes: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/zyxel-nbg6817-flashing-from-oem/768

Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2017-11-03 20:04:51 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
22d982ea00 ramips: add support for switching between 3-byte and 4-byte addressing on w25q256 flash
On some devices the flash chip needs to be in 3-byte addressing mode during
reboot, otherwise the boot loader will fail to start.
This mode however does not allow regular reads/writes onto the upper 16M
half. W25Q256 has separate read commands for reading from >16M, however
it does not have any separate write commands.
This patch changes the code to leave the chip in 3-byte mode most of the
time and only switch during erase/write cycles that go to >16M
addresses.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-02 15:58:45 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
cf9e0a59aa ar7: add kernel 4.9 support
Compile and run tested on WAG354Gv1.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-10-29 23:41:00 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
1d30869cd2 ar7: drop unused 4.1 support
Kernel 4.1 isn't support anymore anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-10-29 23:41:00 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
be11b3b1c7 ar7: unbreak serial console
Serial output was broken since 3.16 for shared uarts between
kernel and login. Fix this by adding a fix sent upstream.

While at it, drop a useless patch that adds duplicate code.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-10-29 23:41:00 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
23145d4276 ar7: remove gpio character device
There are no obvious users, and any out of tree users should convert to
one of the generic APIs.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-10-29 23:41:00 +01:00
Mathew McBride
1c4415a679 layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64
The NXP LSDK kernel backported changes for interface ndo_get_stats64
functions from mainline, this causes a compile error with
backports/mac80211, which expects the original 4.9 defintion.

As reversing the ndo_get_stats64 change signifcantly reduces the size of
patch 601, the patches that were aggregated into it have been
disaggregated.

Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
2017-10-29 16:16:35 +01:00
Mathew McBride
6a457749a4 layerscape: Remove netfilter and LZ4 config symbols
These conflict with the kmod packages (such as nf-netlink)

Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[Add same changes for arm8_32b subtarget and refresh config]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-29 16:15:42 +01:00
Hans Dedecker
8b9cdebc9c arc770: mark as source-only
Mark target arc770 as source-only as it has package compile issues
(e.g. iproute2) due to the usage of uClibc.
As a prerequisite to be included in future releases the arc770 target
needs to switch either to glibc or musl.

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2017-10-28 13:59:03 +02:00
Edmunt Pienkowsky
9786b53efb ramips: fix Youku-YK1 support
Remove the ephy-pins from the ethernet device tree node. The ephy-pins
are useed to controll the ePHY LEDs and this board doesn't have these.
Instead one of the ePHY pins is used in GPIO mode to control the WAN
LED.

Use the switch LED trigger to control the WAN LED. Move the power LED
handling to diag.sh to show the boot status via this LED.

Add the missing kernel packages for USB and microSD card reader to the
default package selection.

Fix the maximum image size value. The board has a 32MByte flash chip.

Fixes: FS#1055

Signed-off-by: Edmunt Pienkowsky <roed@onet.eu>
[make the commit message more verbose, remove GPIO pinmux for pins not
used as GPIOs]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-27 11:19:38 +02:00
Rosen Penev
56342ee2bc kernel: enable CONFIG_ADVISE_SYSCALLS
Without this, posix_[fm]advise does not work. This causes issues with
btrfs-progs, which uses fadvise to drop caches.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-10-27 00:45:32 +02:00
Henryk Heisig
e917e51bf9 ar71xx: fix board.bin used by QCA9886 in Archer C58/C59/C60
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-10-27 00:45:32 +02:00
Henryk Heisig
34958c8269 ar71xx: Archer C58/C59/C60 fix qca9886 wireless interface
This commit fix 5GHz wireless interface used in Archer C58/C59/C60v1
and set correctly MAC address on this interface.

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-10-26 14:44:08 +02:00
Jonas Gorski
6f528dfbd9 treewide: do not use IMG_PREFIX in Image/Prepare
IMG_PREFIX can be modified in ImageBuilder by passing EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME
on command line, but Image/Prepare is not run in ImageBuilder. This
causes missing files when IMG_PREFIX is used for target file names in
Image/Prepare, then as source file names in Image/BuildKernel or
Image/Build.

Fix this by using a fixed output file name in Image/Prepare, and copy to
the expected file name in Image/BuildKernel instead, which is run by
ImageBuilder.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2017-10-26 12:26:25 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
bca01fddb3 ramips: remove erroneous "wdt rst" DTS entries
Remove reference to pinmux group "wdt rst" on EW1200, ZBT-WG2626 and
ZBT-WG3526 devices. "wdt rst" is a pinmux function and not a pinmux
group.

Fixes the following error message during boot:

  rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: invalid group "wdt rst" for function "gpio"

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-10-25 18:48:51 +02:00
Tolga Cakir
f4d4a3c0ef ipq806x: fix Zyxel NBG6817 WiFi button
Zyxel NBG6817 features a WiFi button, which becomes functional by setting
correct GPIO. It is a switch-type button, so it emits KEY_RFKILL on each ON
and OFF state. This is achieved by setting input-type to EV_SW.

Signed-off-by: Tolga Cakir <tolga@cevel.net>
2017-10-25 09:22:14 +02:00
Paul Wassi
080061c1ba ar71xx: fix LED names for GL-AR150
Add the respective colour to the LED's names for the GL-AR150 to be conform
to the kernel. Also add netdev triggers for the LAN and WAN LED.

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2017-10-25 09:22:13 +02:00
Paul Wassi
9f7b897939 ar71xx: base-files: alphabetical reordering
Re-order the cases of base-files/* alphabetically.
Also merge some cases in diag.sh

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2017-10-25 09:22:13 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
605ce5f6cd mpc85xx: use image metadata
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 09:22:13 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
dcbbac55ed mpc85xx: use the generic board detect
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.

Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 09:22:13 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
f0e1f69f39 mpc85xx: fix TL-WDR4900 v1 compatible string
Use the vendor as it is listed in vendor.txt. Use a standard lower case
compatible string.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 09:22:13 +02:00
Chris Blake
93bfac468e mpc85xx: update HiveAP-330 dts
initramfs is not the proper name for this, as it stores a boot ramdisk
and not a filesystem. Update the name to reflect it's usage correctly.

If CMDLINE_OVERRIDE is enabled, the chosen bootargs aren't used at all.
Drop them from the device tree source file to not cause confusion.

Remove the noinitrd bootarg. Due to the empty ramdisk this parameter
isn't required any longer:

  [    0.000000] Initrd not found or empty - disabling initrd

Use the LEDE mtd-mac-address* device tree properties to set the interfaces
MAC-Addresses.

Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 09:22:08 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
79992d197f mpc85xx: cleanup kernel config
Move the kernel config changes added with the HiveAP 330 to the
subtarget the board belongs to instead of changing the target kernel
config.

While at it, move the TL_WDR4900_V1 config symbol to the containing
subtarget and disable boards we don't support.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 09:22:06 +02:00
Chris Blake
ec269290db mpc85xx: use new build code style
The following moves the mpc85xx target (generic & P1020) to the new
build code style.

Compile & Flash tested on an Aerohive HiveAP-330.

Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 09:21:54 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
dcf62cb24e ramips: don't enable usb for the WT3020-4M
That device does not have a USB port. It as the same board as the
WT3020-8M, but without soldered USB port port. Also the case lacks the
opening for the port.

Reported-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 08:45:05 +02:00
Alberto Bursi
1f7f24bfb9 ramips: fix default usb support for nexx wt3020-8M
the nexx wt3020-8M has a usb 2.0 port,
add usb 2.0 support packages to its default package list.

Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
2017-10-25 08:45:05 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
b02b7004f8 lantiq: xway: rename nas0/ptm0 to dsl0
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).

By using dsl0 as interface name as for the xrx200 we can get rid of a
few conditionals which were introduced because of the different default
TC-Layer in xway and xrx200.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 08:45:05 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
664369f6b2 lantiq: match default adsl annex and firmware
Set a default Annex matching the the annex of the selected adsl
firmware.

Set Annex B for xrx200 board which are known to have an ADSL hybrid for
Annex B.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 08:44:59 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
9dd2d99525 lantiq: add missing default lan interface
With removing the boards from the the default case to fix the xDSL WAN
MAC-Address, the setting for the default LAN interface wasn't added.

Fixes: 92a12c434c ("lantiq: fix avm fritz box mac addresses")

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-25 08:32:00 +02:00
Florian Fainelli
5df1f4113b bcm53xx: Fix Generic profile description
Fix the sentence describing the bcm53xx generic profile.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-10-24 18:39:17 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
9a6e2d7d09 orion: Switch to 4.9 kernel
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-10-24 18:39:17 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
124cf53c87 orion: Add support for 4.9 kernel
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-10-24 18:39:17 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
bb71847da5 uml: Switch to 4.9 kernel
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-10-24 15:10:23 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
fd75e4d264 uml: Add 4.9 kernel patches
102-pseudo-random-mac.patch required an update to the new style asynchronous
crypto

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-10-24 15:10:23 -07:00
Hans Dedecker
5e425ad424 pending-4.9: 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check: fix 32bit compat layer
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
2017-10-24 22:15:57 +02:00
Hans Dedecker
856c53f175 pending-4.4: 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check: fix 32bit compat layer
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
2017-10-24 22:15:47 +02:00
Hans Dedecker
02ccffff3e pending-3.18: 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check: fix 32bit compat layer
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
2017-10-24 22:15:37 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
b7ea14150f ar71xx: re-enable 4k sectors for the mikrotik subtargets
On RB91x (and possibly others), there is a small SPI flash to store boot
loader and configuration. It needs 4K sectors to be able to write the
configuration using rbcfg

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-24 13:24:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7c09fa4a74 ar71xx: fix mikrotik routerboard nand driver issues with linux 4.9
The mtd device is now embedded inside the nand chip data structure

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-24 13:24:04 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
65da6f9ca1 ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values
In 4.9, gpio count is rounded up to 32 due to the use of bgpio in the
ath79 gpio controller driver.
Fix base values in mach files to account for that

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-24 13:24:04 +02:00
Julien Dusser
8d9ff6b6f7 ar71xx: lzma loader use LTO
Change the Makefile to use LTO for better code optimisations. Gains are
very low, only 270 bytes saved, but it's only Makefile changes.

Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
2017-10-24 13:24:04 +02:00
Julien Dusser
8c5702f2a0 ar71xx: fix lzma loader performance issues
Some bootloaders set a cache cohenrency to a very slow mode. Use code from
Linux kernel to set it to "Cacheable, noncoherent, write-back, write
allocate".

Perfomance impact is significant on TP-Link EAP245 board, kernel
decompression time fall from 33 seconds to less than 1.

Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
2017-10-24 13:24:04 +02:00
Florian Larysch
7ea6261b43 config: set ARCH if powerpc64 is selected in the configuration
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
2017-10-24 13:24:04 +02:00
Florian Fainelli
7f0a32e21c bcm53xx: Fix SmartRG SR400AC initramfs image
The SmartRG SR400AC CFE does not accept a TRX image, just a normal
binary image.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-10-23 18:39:29 -07:00
Stijn Tintel
834810617e kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.58
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested: ar71xx, octeon, x86/64.
Runtime-tested: octeon, x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-23 17:23:34 +03:00
Stijn Tintel
a48e5bea12 brcm2708: restore /boot/config.txt before reboot
The Raspberry Pi bootloader reads configuration values from config.txt
in the boot partition. This file allows to specify the amount of memory
to assign to the GPU, the license keys for hardware MPEG-2 and VC-1
decoding, Device Tree parameters and overlays, and lots of other things.

Since sysupgrade only restores the configuration after booting the newly
flashed image, these values will not be active, even if sysupgrade would
save /boot/config.txt. To solve this, add the file to the files to be
backed up, and restore it in platform_copy_config, before reboot.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-23 12:50:30 +03:00
Hauke Mehrtens
f7a6fd3153 ar71xx: deactivate some boards with too small kernel partitions
This affects the following boards:
 * dr344
 * archer-c58-v1
 * archer-c60-v1
 * tl-wr902ac-v1
 * tl-wr942n-v1
 * ubnt-uap-pro
 * ubnt-unifi-outdoor-plus

The build fails for any of these boards because the resulting kernel
image will not fit into the kernel partition.

When CONFIG_KERNEL_KALLSYMS  is not set it could be that the kernel will
fit onto the board again, this is the case for release images.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-22 23:15:11 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c84b7eaedd ar71xx: use kernel 4.9 by default
Kernel 4.9 support was added about 2 weeks ago and we haven't seen any
major regression so far. This patch was not ported to kernel 4.9, this
needs some additional work:
821-serial-core-add-support-for-boot-console-with-arbitr.patch

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-22 15:22:51 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8464d2f64a at91: remove unused at91part driver
There is no patch in the kernel 4.4 and 4.9 patches which adds this
driver to the build system.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-22 15:17:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
95627665cb at91: update to kernel 4.9
This brings the at91 target to kernel 4.9.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
2017-10-22 15:15:55 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
f73ed33be1 kernel: add config option
When the kmod-at91-adc package is activated for the at91 target the new
option CONFIG_AT91_SAMA5D2_ADC is selectable and not handled. Add this
option to the kernel 4.9 configuration.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-22 14:49:07 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
9887afb1af ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK Archer C7 v4
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9888.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface

Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:

1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f040000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f040000 $filesize
4. reset

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-19 16:14:19 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
2c9aff289e ar71xx: add support for Nokia WI2A-AC200i
Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (720 MHz)
 - RAM: 256MB
 - Storage: 1MB NOR, 128 MB NAND flash
 - Ethernet: 1x1000M

Installation:
 1. Connect to serial console on the board
 2. Boot initramfs image over u-boot
 3. Copy image to the device and run sysupgrade

Installation without serial console is not supported at this time

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-19 12:27:42 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2af10c30fe brcm47xx: use kernel 4.9 by default
Kernel 4.9 is now working on the brcm47xx boards, we just recently fixed
the problem that some boards did not boot at all, by changing the memory
regions used to relocate the kernel to in the loader.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-18 23:27:17 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7c42f15c24 kernel: fix ftrace support on 4.9
When porting the kernel patches from 4.4 to 4.9, they were missing a
small chunk that ensures that ftrace sections are kept in the vmlinux
image, even when linked with --gc-sections

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-18 22:59:05 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
36d2884d55 lantiq: ARV752DPW22: fix wireless mac address
The ARV752DPW22 has the same generic mac address in the EEPROM as it
was already noticed for other lantiq boards using a ralink wireless.

Use the base mac address from the boardconfig partition as it is done
by the stock firmware.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-18 22:12:45 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
a02a866519 lantiq: ARV752DPW22: set correct wireless led trigger
The ARV752DPW22 has a ralink based wireless and can not use the ath9k
only phy0tpt trigger.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-18 22:12:45 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
48dcd2657f omap: clean up configuration
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-10-18 21:46:05 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
44b9175d7c omap: Add support for kernel 4.9
This adds support for kernel 4.9 and replaces the kernel 4.4 support.

These are lynxis test results:
panda-board a3 - works, but no network, but master/4.4 doesn't have network either.
panda-board-a4 - u-boot SPL refuse to boot.
beaglebone-black - works
beagle-board - usb attached network doesn't come up and I doesn't have a serial around.
beagle-board-xm - ToDo: image code is missing.

Kernel 4.4 does not look better, so we merge this anyway.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-10-18 21:45:49 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
886d66abcd kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.57
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested for ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Runtime-tested on  ar71xx - Archer C7 v2

Fixes the following CVEs:

- CVE-2017-7518
- CVE-2017-0786
- CVE-2017-1000255
- CVE-2017-12188
- CVE-2017-15265

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-10-18 19:44:09 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
3db529d5cc Revert "ar71xx: Add GRO support to ag71xx"
This reverts commit 13e5e47369.
This commit causes a severe regression in LAN->WAN routing performance
for several devices. This appears to be caused by the extra requirement
to validate the SKB checksum early in the rx path, which the ethernet
hardware does not do

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-17 16:03:11 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
61048c9011 at91: fix legacy build
The build system took the DTB_SIZE definition from Default and not from
production-dtb under some conditions. Move the size definitions to
Default now as it is only used in production-dtb anyway.

Thanks Mathias Kresin for helping me with this.

Fixes: c2f052acae ("at91: convert boards to generic build target")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-16 23:05:54 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
fe3c3aed44 ramips: fix typo in MT7621 NAND driver
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-16 12:15:17 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
0d5c1d7f23 malta: activate some more standard kernel features
These options where deactivated in the malta kernel, take the default
options form the generic kernel configuration now to better match the
other targets.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-15 14:54:29 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
19f0c7d11c malta: upgrade to kernel 4.9
This brings the MIPS malta target to kernel 4.9.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-15 14:22:01 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8fa9b2ce89 malta: add 64 bit qemu commands to README
This shows how to boot up the 64 bit images.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-15 14:19:49 +02:00
Martin Schiller
2dc9c8206b lantiq: xrx200: rename nas0/ptm0 to dsl0
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).

Now you can move a device from an ADSL/ATM port to an VDSL/PTM port
without any configuration changes for example.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[use the dsl0 interface name for the default netdev trigger in 01_led,
add ip dependency]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-15 11:11:29 +02:00
Ryan Mounce
1cd3e9c07c mvebu: clean up ClearFog Base package selection
It is unclear why so many packages are selected for ClearFog Base compared
to its big brother, and there is no reason to not append metadata for Base.

Tidy this up as the only hardware difference between Base/Pro is the
presence of a switch and a different board name / device tree.

Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
2017-10-15 00:24:22 +02:00
Ryan Mounce
99cf825b06 mvebu: Fix ClearFog sysupgrade board definitions
Remove redundancy for platform_do_upgrade_clearfog
Fix platform_copy_config_clearfog to reflect -base/-pro split

Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
2017-10-15 00:24:22 +02:00
Ryan Mounce
233633873b mvebu: Sort 02_network alphabetically
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
2017-10-15 00:24:22 +02:00
Ben Whitten
f81b353c9f at91: add support for the WB50N module from Laird
This module from Laird includes the following:
  - CPU Atmel SoC SAMA5D31
  - Wifi QCA6004
  - Bluetooth CSR8811
  - RAM 64MB LPDDR
  - FLASH 128MB

The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.

Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
2017-10-15 00:24:21 +02:00
Ben Whitten
86d037e4a2 at91: add support for the WB45N module from Laird
This module from Laird includes the following:
  - CPU Atmel SoC ARM926EJS
  - Wifi AR6003
  - Bluetooth CSR8510
  - RAM 64MB LPDDR
  - FLASH 128MB

The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.

Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
2017-10-15 00:24:21 +02:00
Ben Whitten
a7c8112a0f at91: separate MKUBIFS opts to defaults in the sub target
Instead of applying global defaults based on selected board, transition
to using a per board setting for UBIFS and UBINIZE.

Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
2017-10-15 00:24:21 +02:00
Ben Whitten
3b6f9978d3 at91: refresh kernel config, enable UBI block and DMA
The platform generates squashfs images in a UBI block but misses the
kernel module to be able to mount the block.
DMA is also enabled to allow systems which include them in the DTS to
use it.

Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
2017-10-15 00:24:21 +02:00
Lucian Cristian
b4fefe7b6e sunxi: backport support for Allwinner Security System PRNG
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
2017-10-15 00:24:21 +02:00
Robert Marko
443abb8ccd ar71xx: add support for Mikrotik RB750P-PBr2
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in, 4 PoE out)
- Outdoor use ready

This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the hEX PoE lite.

Installation

1. login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with:
     * DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
       Server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
     * DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
       of the to be booted image
3. connect the port labled internet to your local network
4. keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board

The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
Server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via ssh
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.

Revert to RouterOS

Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
  * rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
  * rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
  * rbcfg apply

Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now netinstall sees routerboard
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.

Click on install again.

In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2017-10-14 10:48:29 +02:00
Daniel Kucera
6f008af3f0 ramips: add support for Kimax U25AWF-H1
Kimax U-25AWF-H1 is is a 2,5" HDD Enclosure with Wi-Fi/Eth conection
and battery, based on MediaTek MT7620A.

Patch rewritten from: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=305643

Specification:

- MT7620A CPU
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 802.11bgn WiFi
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host
- UART for serial console

Flash instruction:
1. Download lede-ramips-mt7620-u25awf-h1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. Open webinterface a upgrade
3. After boot connect via ethernet to ip 192.168.1.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Kucera <daniel.kucera@gmail.com>
[fix reset button gpio, don't add a lan/wan vlan config for single
port board, add -H1 suffix do make sure that this revision of the
board is supported/tested]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-14 10:48:29 +02:00
Chris Blake
f2b7d9dc1c mpc85xx: Add Aerohive HiveAP-330 Access Point
The following adds the Aerohive HiveAP-330 Access Point to LEDE under
the mpc85xx/p1020 subtarget.

Hardware:
- SoC: Freescale P1020NSE2DFB
- NAND: Intel JS28F512M29EWH 64MB
- Memory: 2x ProMOS V59C1G01168QBJ3 128MB (Total of 256MB)
- 2.4GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- 5.0GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- Eth1: Atheros AR8035-A PoE
- Eth2: Atheros AR8035-A
- TPM: Atmel AT97SC3204
- LED Driver: TI LP5521

Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter a
password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, tftp boot the initramfs image:
    dhcp;
    tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.1.101:lede-
mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-initramfs.zImage;
    tftpboot 0x6000000 192.168.1.101:lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330.fdt;
    bootm 0x1000000 - 0x6000000;
3. Once booted, scp over the sysupgrade file and sysupgrade the device
to flash LEDE to the NAND.
    sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-sysupgrade.img

Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
2017-10-14 01:23:47 +02:00
Chris Blake
8cd6686ef8 mpc85xx: Add cmdline override patch
This patch adds a new kernel option called CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE. This
setting is for devices with locked down u-boot environments, where users
are unable to change the default bootargs. When set, the fdt driver will
propagate the cmdline for the kernel from chosen/bootargs-override
instead of chosen/bootargs as long as it exists within the DTB.

Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
2017-10-14 01:21:52 +02:00
Chris Blake
a92f73e922 mpc85xx: Enable initramfs for p1020 subtarget
The following patch enables building of initramfs images by default for
the P1020 subtarget in mpc85xx.

Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
2017-10-14 01:19:35 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
1b368f1641 at91: Add ext4 filesystem
Add ext4 filesystem for creating sdcard image with ext4 rootfs and
removing ext2 as it superset of ext4.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-10-14 00:33:34 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
43a0b72c3c at91: Enable SDHCI for sama5 in default config
Enabled SDHCI for sama5 in kernel default config and this is needed
to mount sdcard rootfs partition during boot.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-10-14 00:33:34 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c4f720b19a at91: refresh kernel configuration
This was done by running "make kernel_oldconfig" and
"make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget"

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-14 00:32:39 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
2cd32a3304 kernel: add fix for bgmac with B50212E B1 PHY
This PHY requires some extra programming to work reliably with all
devices. Backport upstream fix for it.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-10-13 13:54:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
67c0c5978d layerscape: only support 64-bit for ls1088ardb/ls2088ardb
This is no requirement and plan to support 32-bit for ls1088ardb
and ls2088ardb. Current 32-bit firmware for them couldn't work,
so only keep 64-bit support for these two boards in menuconfig.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-12 23:40:27 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
4f3ddcb0e9 layerscape: fix compile issue for usb ehci-fsl driver
When build firmware for layerscape target with CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED=y,
there would be a compile issue of usb ehci-fsl driver. Actually this
driver was for PPC platforms initially and was not ready for non-PPC
now, but a kernel kconfig patch removed PPC dependency for it. So that
kernel patch should be reverted.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-12 23:40:26 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
27f23bac8f ar71xx: fix section mismatches
Fix some section mismatches found with kernel 4.9.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-11 22:36:04 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
7bbf4117c6 ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support
This add support for kernel 4.9 to the ar71xx target.
It was compile tested with the generic, NAND and mikrotik subtarget.
Multiple members of the community tested it on their boards and did not
report any major problem so far.

Especially the NAND part received some changes to adapt to the new
kernel APIs. The serial driver hack used for the Arduino Yun was not
ported because the kernel changed there a lot.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-11 22:32:39 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2909a4b78e brcm47xx: relocate the stack in loader
By default we are reusing the stack provided by CFE, like it is intended
by CFE. On my WRT54GS it is located at 0x8043BF30, so a big kernel image
could overwrite it. Relocate it to a different memory region which is
still under the 8MB RAM, but in the higher area. We only need this
memory region for the stack of the loader, Linux will set up this
for its own.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-11 21:36:24 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
d5cf4a5aa4 brcm47xx: relocate loader to higher address
The boot process on a WRT54GL works the following way:
1. CFE gets loaded by the boot rom from flash
2. CFE loads the loader from the flash and gzip uncompresses it
3. CFE starts the loader
4. The loader stores the FW arguments and relocates itself to
   BZ_TEXT_START (now 0x80600000)
5. The loader reads the Linux image from flash
6. The loader lzma decompresses the Linux image to LOADADDR (0x80001000)
7. The loader executes the uncompress Linux image at LOADADDR

The BZ_TEXT_START was set to 0x80400000 before. When the kernel gets
uncompressed and is bigger than BZ_TEXT_START - LOADADDR it overwrote
the loader which was currently uncompressing it and made the board
crash. Increase the BZ_TEXT_START my 2 MB to have more space for the
kernel. Even on 16MB RAM devices the memory goes till 0x80FFFFFF so this
should not be a problem.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-11 21:36:24 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
f98f83eada bcm53xx: backport DTS changes up to the first 4.15 queued commits
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-10-10 10:22:24 +02:00
Alexander Couzens
b73986a826
ramips/mt76x8: add initramfs support for tplink 841n v13
The tplink 841n v13 requires an tplink v2 image header in
front of an initramfs image.

To boot an initramfs image:
- break the uboot by holding the '4' key
- setup your tftp server 192.168.0.255
- tftp 81000000 lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr841n-v13-initramfs-kernel.bin
- bootm

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-10-09 17:34:41 +02:00
John Crispin
c972779e98 mediatek: fix a sleep while atomic bug inside the ethernet driver
this sometimes happens when we have hw nat enabled.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2017-10-09 11:29:01 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
f12c42940d kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.54
Refresh patches.
Remove upstreamed patches:
- ramips/0067-enable-mt7621-xhci.patch
- ramips/0085-pinmux-util.patch
- ramips/301-fix-rt3883.patch

Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon, ramips/mt7621, x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon, ramips/mt7621, x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-08 20:51:03 +03:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
e77fa68f1f kernel: bump 4.4 to 4.4.91
Refresh patches.

Compile-tested for: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Run-tested on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-10-08 20:51:03 +03:00
Daniel Golle
34b153d7ad sunxi: build image for the NanoPi NEO
The NanoPi NEO is a small Allwinner H3 based board available with
different DRAM configurations.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2017-10-08 17:16:39 +02:00
Daniel Golle
333f90347e sunxi: kernel: add patches for NanoPi NEO
Enable dwmac-sun8i Ethernet core to use the built-in FastEthernet port.
Enable exposed UART, USB and I2C pins.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2017-10-08 17:16:39 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
d2fdece2e1 layerscape: refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-08 16:34:37 +03:00
Stijn Tintel
239dff6697 kernel: update and refresh patches
The lantiq patch 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch and sunxi
patch 0051-stmmac-form-4-11.patch no longer applied after applying the
the "generalize napi_complete_done()" patch.
Update them so they apply, and refresh patches while at it.

Fixes: 9aeb7ce8dc ("generic: net: generalize napi_complete_done")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-08 16:31:58 +03:00
Pavel Kubelun
9aeb7ce8dc generic: net: generalize napi_complete_done
Backport upstream commit that improves ethernet performance by a
small amount.

Compile and run tested on ipq8065.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2017-10-08 15:19:07 +03:00
Pavel Kubelun
b2ea46fe23 generic: net: tcp: backport tcp tx performance patches
An overall throughput gain of 22 % for heavy TCP use over a single TX queue.

Original patchset comment
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.13&id=3f4888adae7c1619b990d98a9b967536f71822b8

Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
2017-10-08 15:19:07 +03:00
Stijn Tintel
3a69ad3b2a kernel: split 82574L patch into multiple files
When refreshing patches that cointain multiple patches including headers
in a single file, quilt will remove the headers from all but the first
patch. This makes it difficult to review commits that refresh patches.
Next to that, if only a few of the patch series are accepted in -stable,
the patch needs to be manually modified. With each patch in a separate
file, it's just a matter of git rm.

Refresh patches while at it.

Patchwork links:
[1/5] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9857487/
[2/5] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9857489/
[3/5] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9857495/
[4/5] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9857491/
[5/5] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9857493/

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-08 15:18:34 +03:00
Hauke Mehrtens
cf17e034bc kernel: Add some more generic config options
These options are deactivating some kernel modules for IP blocks not
uses on this SoC. I saw the same when working with the ARM64 Marvell
board so it is better to move them to generic.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-08 13:39:44 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2135125182 layerscape: remove wifi config
This is provided by the mac80211 package

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-08 13:39:44 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
29a6c4fcfb kernel: add missing config options for layerscape target
This fixes some problems found by build bot.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-08 13:39:44 +02:00
Andrey Jr. Melnikov
2cb8f0a4cf ar71xx: Fix NULL pointer dereferece in at803x_link_change_notify()
Check pdata pointer before use to avoid OOPS if dev_get_platdata() return
NULL.

Signed-off-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
2017-10-07 23:19:15 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
9c9f7b0434 layerscape: select sdk dts for ls1043ardb/ls1046ardb
ls1043ardb/ls1046ardb should use sdk dts. This patch is
to fix this.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:23 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
c0b089da8a layerscape: fix CPU_TYPE for armv8_32b targets
Layerscape uses Cortex-A53 or Cortex-A72 CPU. It's proper
to set below CPU_TYPE for 32-bit mode.
CPU_TYPE:=cortex-a15
CPU_SUBTYPE:=neon-vfpv4

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:23 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
8fdda1cc10 layerscape: add linux 4.9 support
This patch is to add linux 4.9 support for layerscape.
All these kernel patches are from NXP LSDK 1709 release.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:23 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
19951bbf57 layerscape: drop linux 4.4 support
This patch is to drop linux 4.4 for layerscape.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
e3f47958dd layerscape: make uImage with zImage for 32-bit kernel
uImage should be made with zImage. This patch is to support
making uImage with zImage.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
a5ad3a2c80 layerscape: update memory layout according to LSDK
The uniform memory layout of NOR/QSPI/NAND/SD media on all Layerscape platforms:
+-----------------------------+---------|--------------|-----------------+
|Firmwre Definition           | MaxSize | Flash Offset | SD Start Block #|
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|RCW+PBI                      | 1MB     | 0x00000000   | 0x00008         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Boot firmware(U-Boot,UEFI)   | 2MB     | 0x00100000   | 0x00800         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Boot firmware Environment    | 1MB     | 0x00300000   | 0x01800         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|PPA firmware                 | 2MB     | 0x00400000   | 0x02000         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Secure boot headers          | 3MB     | 0x00600000   | 0x03000         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|DPAA1 FMAN ucode             | 256KB   | 0x00900000   | 0x04800         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|QE/uQE firmware              | 256KB   | 0x00940000   | 0x04A00         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Ethernet PHY firmware        | 256KB   | 0x00980000   | 0x04C00         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Scripts                      | 256KB   | 0x009C0000   | 0x04E00         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|DPAA2 MC firmware            | 3MB     | 0x00A00000   | 0x05000         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|DPAA2 DPL                    | 1MB     | 0x00D00000   | 0x06800         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|DPAA2 DPC                    | 1MB     | 0x00E00000   | 0x07000         |
|-----------------------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Device tree(needed by uefi)  | 1MB     | 0x00F00000   | 0x07800         |
|-------------+---------------|---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Kernel       |               | 16MB    | 0x01000000   | 0x08000         |
|-------------| kernel.itb    |---------|--------------|-----------------|
|Ramdisk rfs  |               |32MB     | 0x01100000   | 0x08800         |
+-------------+---------------+---------|--------------|-----------------+

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
806624add5 layerscape: rename subtargets and update makefile files
Rename subtargets 32b/64b with armv8_32b/armv8_64b which are
more proper, and update makefile files. There also will be other
subtargets added in the future, like armv7.

Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:22 +02:00
Yangbo Lu
4c89f2fcf8 layerscape: take over maintainership
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
2017-10-07 23:13:22 +02:00
Philip Prindeville
a0c05a7c94 kernel: fix receiver overflow for 82574L under load
Under heavy load it's possible to overrun the 82574L. When this
happens, Other Interrupt happens and that's erroneously interpreted
as a Link Status Change.

    http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/792260/

Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2017-10-07 23:10:39 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
1c4a116a30 ar71xx: add rssileds to WA850RE v1 image
A default rssileds config exists for the TP-Link WA850RE v1 but the
rssiled package is not included by default.

The compressed 17.01.3 image size increases by 3302 bytes which should
be tolerable even for a 4MB flash board.

Fixes: FS#1043

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-07 20:15:03 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
d65b1c815a lantiq: drop phy id specfic compatible string
With kernel commit 7630ea4bda18 ("Documentation: net: phy: improve
explanation when to specify the PHY ID") the purpose of using phy id
specific compatibles was clarified.

Remove the phy id specific compatibles since they are meant to be used
if the phy reports an incorrect or no phy id at all.

Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-07 20:15:03 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
a6bd7255ab lantiq: remove gen_nand compatible string
The generic nand driver fails to load with:

  gen_nand 14000000.nand-parts: platform_nand_data is missing
  gen_nand: probe of 14000000.nand-parts failed with error -22

and the xway-nand driver is used afterwards.

Drop the gen_nand compatible to get rid of the error message.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-07 20:15:03 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
f625df7ab8 kernel: update 4.9 to 4.9.53
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.

Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-1000252
- CVE-2017-12153
- CVE-2017-12154

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-10-07 20:53:21 +03:00
Catrinel Catrinescu
b9c31c44d7 ar71xx: update LED definitions for embedded wireless dorin
Evaluation board 2.2 uses a different status LED pin
The other removed LEDs were never present

Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-07 09:20:41 +02:00
Catrinel Catrinescu
cd4b60c329 ar71xx: ew-dorin target moved from legacy to generic
Embedded Wireless Dorin platform moved from legacy to generic

Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
2017-10-07 09:20:04 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
00ea16557d ar71xx: rework chipidea usb controller patch
Handle AR9344 as well. Disable the EHCI platform device when device mode
is active, to avoid resource conflicts.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-10-07 09:18:40 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
254061ee97 build: add mktplinkfw2 hardcoded values to makefile
This patch adds all the board-specific values currently hardcoded
in mktplinkfw2.c back to the respective device declarations in the
makefiles.

The rationale is to avoid modifying the source code every time a
new board or board variant is added.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-10-06 08:28:41 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
20f365d70f x86: fix reboot on apu2 boards
PC Engines apu2 needs to use the PCI reboot method, otherwise it can
hang.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-05 21:14:43 +02:00
Sergey Ryazanov
c9f66b1eb9 ramips: keep Archer C20 Power LED On during boot
Keep Archer C20 Power LED in the same state as it was configured by
bootloader (keep it hightlighed) to avoid unexpectable LED turning off
during kernel boot.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
aba297b7fd lantiq: ase: enable USB and wireless
Add the missing USB related kernel config options to target config.
Enable wireless as well, wireless is supported via USB.

Fixes compile/packaging errors with the libertas wireless kernel
module.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
695645b9ac lantiq: ase: fix SPI support
Do not disable SPI in the subtarget, otherwise the SPI driver can not
be used.

Disable SPI by default and enable it in the board specific device tree
source file.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
66a0f3a397 lantiq: select PCI support in subtargets
AmazonSE and Falcon do not have support for PCI and it can't be
unselected in the subtarget kernel config. This way the enabled PCI
support is inherit from the higher level config to the subtarget.

If CONFIG_PCI is selected, PCI_SUPPORT will be autoselected as well and
all packages depending on this config symbol will be build and at least
some of them fail due to missing pci functions.

The issue can be observed if all kmods and all non-shared packages are
build. Fix the issue by enabling PCI support only in subtargets with
PCI support.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
77fee9bcce lantiq: ase: cleanup kernel config
The subtarget kernel config options CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE and
CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK are already set by the target or
global kernel config.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
d7a76be980 lantiq: xway: cleanup kernel config
CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ was replaced by CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ_SSC with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.

All other removed subtarget kernel config options are already set by
the target specific or global kernel config.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
d3f3b817ac lantiq: xrx200: cleanup kernel config
CONFIG_MTSCHED & CONFIG_PERFCTRS were never defined in the kernel.

CONFIG_LANTIQ_PHY was replaced by CONFIG_INTEL_XWAY_PHY with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.

Add autoselected dependecies to the kernel config.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
054f01ac16 lantiq: xrx200: fix sorting of kernel config
Use the kconfig script to sort the kernel config. It makes further
changes more obvious.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
1c45d11bb3 treewide: drop obsolete kernel config options
CONFIG_GPIO_DEVRES was removed with kernel commit f9c22ec6c1c5 ("gpio:
Remove GPIO_DEVRES option") during kernel 4.9 development.

CONFIG_HAVE_BPF_JIT was removed with kernel commit 6077776b5908 ("bpf:
split HAVE_BPF_JIT into cBPF and eBPF variant") during kernel 4.7
development.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-04 20:08:15 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
5508510e74 sunxi: add Orange Pi R1 support
The following features are working and tested:
* both Ethernet ports
* MMC
* LED

The following features are not working:
* Wifi (There is a crappy driver we could port)
* SPI flash (I haven't looked into this)

I haven't tried out the rest.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-01 17:10:33 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
dbbb4df163 kernel: owl-loader: fix compile warning
check if the config option CONFIG_LANTIQ is defined.
This fixes the following warning:
  CC [M]  drivers/misc/owl-loader.o
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c: In function 'ath9k_pci_fixup':
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c:92:5: warning: "CONFIG_LANTIQ" is not defined [-Wundef]
 #if CONFIG_LANTIQ
     ^

Fixes: e9401a2335 ("kernel: owl-loader for delayed Atheros ath9k fixup")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-01 16:40:37 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
25abd71efb sunxi: H3: add device tree changes for H3 Ethernet
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner H3 SoCs.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-01 13:01:03 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
cf039cf7ff sunxi: A64: add device tree changes for A64 Ethernet
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner A64 SoCs.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-01 13:01:03 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
ed43a4d4ac sunxi: backport the stmmac driver from kernel 4.13
This adds support for the GMAC which is use in the A64 and other
Allwinner chips by backporting the changes from the kernel versions
4.13.

Some commits are not backported which are adding support for newly
introduced APIs which are not available in kernel 4.9.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-10-01 13:00:16 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
657f2a1ff8 kernel: update 4.4 to 4.4.89
Refresh patches.
Compile & run tested on ar71xx Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-09-29 07:42:43 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
f4a6daa5da ar71xx: unify CONFIG_CMDLINE
Booting from jffs2 directly is no longer supported, use
rootfstype=squashfs consistently for all subtargets

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-09-28 22:45:39 +02:00
Rosen Penev
dcdc2880b6 ramips: reduce napi_weight in the ethernet driver.
Currently dmsg a weight of 128 which is above the kernel limit of 64. Silence the warning.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-09-28 09:22:02 +02:00
Roman Yeryomin
bcb89fcca8 ramips: mt7621: add MT29F2G08ABAE NAND flash support
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-09-28 09:21:57 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
f2107fc328 ramips: improve Xiaomi Mi Router 3G support
This commit improves support for the Xiaomi Mi Router 3G originally
added in commit 6e283cdc0d

Improvements:

- Remove software watchdog as hardware watchdog now working as per
  commit 3fbf3ab44f for all mt7621
  devices.

- Reset button polarity corrected - length of press determines reboot
  (short press) vs. reset to defaults (long press) behaviour.

- Enable GPIO amber switch port LEDs on board rear - lit indicates 1Gbit
  link and blink on activity.  Green LEDs driven directly by switch
  indicating any link speed and tx activity.

- USB port power on/off GPIO exposed as 'usbpower'

- Add access to uboot environment settings for checking/setting uboot
  boot order preference from user space.

Changes:

- Front LED indicator is physically made of independent Yellow/Amber,
  Red & Blue LEDs combined via a plastic 'lightpipe' to a front panel
  indicator, hence the colour behaviour is similar to an RGB LED. RGB
  LEDs are not supported at this time because they produce colour results
  that do not then match colour labels, e.g. enabling 'mir3g:red' and
  'mir3g:blue' would result in a purple indicator and we have no such
  label for purple.
  The yellow, red & blue LEDs have been split out as individual yellow,
  red & blue status LEDs, with yellow being the default status LED as
  before and with red's WAN and blue's USB default associations removed.

- Swapped order of vlan interfaces (eth0.1 & eth0.2) to match stock vlan
  layout. eth0.1 is LAN, eth0.2 is WAN

- Add 'lwlll' vlan layout to mt7530 switch driver to prevent packet
  leakage between kernel switch init and uci swconfig

uboot behaviour & system 'recovery'

uboot expects to find bootable kernels at nand addresses 0x200000 &
0x600000 known by uboot as "system 1" and "system 2" respectively.
uboot chooses which system to hand control to based on 3 environment
variables: flag_last_success, flag_try_sys1_failed & flag_try_sys2_failed

last_success represents a preference for a particular system and is set
to 0 for system 1, set to 1 for system 2.  last_success is considered *if*
and only if both try_sys'n'_failed flags are 0 (ie. unset) If *either*
failed flags are set then uboot will attempt to hand control to the
non failed system. If both failed flags are set then uboot will check
the uImage CRC of system 1 and hand control to it if ok.  If the uImage
CRC of system is not ok, uboot will hand control to system 2
irrespective of system 2's uImage CRC.

NOTE: uboot only ever sets failed flags, it *never* clears them. uboot
sets a system's failed flag if that system's was selected for boot but
the uImage CRC is incorrect.

Fortunately with serial console access, uboot provides the ability to
boot an initramfs image transferred via tftp, similarly an image may
be flashed to nand however it will flash to *both* kernels so a backup
of stock kernel image is suggested. Note that the suggested install
procedure below set's system 1's failed flag (stock) thus uboot ignores
the last_success preference and boots LEDE located in system 2.

Considerable thought has gone into whether LEDE should replace both
kernels, only one (and which one) etc. LEDE kernels do not include a
minimal rootfs and thus unlike the stock kernel cannot include a
method of controlling uboot environment variables in the event of
rootfs mount failure. Similarly uboot fails to provide an external
mechanism for indicating boot system failure.

Installation - from stock.

Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
  lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
  from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
  wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
- run: nvram commit
- run: reboot

Recovery - to stock.

Assuming you used the above installation instructions you will have a
stock kernel image in system 1. If it can be booted then it may be used
to perform a stock firmware recovery, thus erasing LEDE completely. From
a 'working' LEDE state (even failsafe)

Failsafe only:
- run: mount_root
- run: sh /etc/uci-defaults/30_uboot-envtools
Then do the steps for 'All'

All:
- run: fw_setenv flag_try_sys2_failed 1
- run: reboot

The board will reboot into system 1 (stock basic kernel) and wait with
system red light slowly blinking for a FAT formatted usb stick with a
recovery image to be inserted.  Press and hold the reset button for
around 1 second. Status LED will turn yellow during recovery and blue
when recovery complete.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-09-28 09:20:36 +02:00
Zoltan Gyarmati
6a5b62f503 ramips: RT5350F-OLINUXINO: enable ttyS1
The RT5350F's second UART pins are available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the device tree.
 In order to keep the origian serial port numbering (ttyS0 is the serial
console), aliases added for the UART devices.

Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
2017-09-28 09:20:36 +02:00
Zoltan Gyarmati
9d8d3d4501 ramips: RT5350F-OLINUXINO: enable i2c
The RT5350F i2c pins is available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the dts.

Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
2017-09-28 09:20:36 +02:00
Zoltan Gyarmati
c1d19b107b ramips: RT5350F-OLINUXINO: invert WiFi LED polarity
The polarity of WLAN_ACT LED on the base module needs to inverted
in order to be 'on' when the WiFi interface is active

Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
2017-09-28 09:20:36 +02:00
Zoltan Gyarmati
862b820f15 ramips: introduce RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dtsi
The RT5350F-OLINUXINO(-EVB).dts files' content are nearly the same, so to avoid
code duplication this patch creates RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dtsi file which
covers the base board's features. The corresponding RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dts
just includes the new .dtsi and the RT5350F-OLINUXINO-EVB.dts adds the EVB
specific GPIO config.

Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
2017-09-28 09:20:36 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
fd6bf05548 ramips: add 'lwlll' portmap to mt7530 switch
The Xiaomi Mi Router 3G uses this deranged vlan portmap. Add support so
that packets are not leaked across all switch ports when reset.

Fix a whitespace nit while we're here.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fix wrong pvids order]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-28 07:23:18 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
972c126eb6 ramips: mt7621: fix failsafe mode networking
Disable VLANs on mt7621 boards with mt7530 switches on failsafe entry.

Allows failsafe networking to work correctly.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fixed default case syntax error]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-28 07:23:18 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
fde7688055 kernel: update 4.9 to 4.9.52
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on x86/64.
Runtime-tested on x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-28 00:27:50 +03:00
Hauke Mehrtens
253a299604 Revert "brcm47xx: Fix sysupgrade with E1200v1"
This reverts commit 31e9445b7e.

"Linksys E1200 V1" is not a valid board name, as the brcm47xx arch code
can not detect this device. Stefan Lippers-Hollmann also found a typo in
this patch "cybetran" instead of "cybertan".

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-25 23:09:33 +02:00
Rosen Penev
31e9445b7e brcm47xx: Fix sysupgrade with E1200v1
Entry was missing for some reason.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-09-24 16:28:28 +02:00
Lucian Cristian
a7465f375a sunxi: add Olimex A20-OLinuXino-LIME2-eMMC
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[replaced u-boot patch with original version from u-boot git]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-24 16:28:28 +02:00
Philip Prindeville
f138833d0c kernel: don't scrimp on memory on big iron
x86_64 platforms typically don't lack memory, so don't needlessly
economize memory if fq_codel on capable platforms.

Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
[Add a comment to the patch]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-24 16:28:28 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
3fbf3ab44f ramips: fix missing mediatek wdt
mediatek MT7621 soc watchdog DTS id was renamed from "mtk,mt7621-wdt" to
"mediatek,mt7621-wdt" when driver upstreamed to kernel 4.5

Update mt7621.dtsi & mt7628an.dtsi definitions to match upstreamed
kernel.

Restores hardward watchdog functionality on mt7621 devices under linux
4.9

Tested on: MIR3G

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-09-22 10:28:59 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
6e48eb22b8 kernel: update 4.9 to 4.9.51
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.

Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-14106
- CVE-2017-14497

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-20 23:50:55 +03:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
09bf441090 at91: Add UBI parameters for sama5d4.
Add UBIFS_OPTS & UBINIZE_OPTS parameters for sama5d4 Xplained board.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-09-20 09:01:09 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
67303259ee at91: Add SAMA5D4 device
Add support for SAMA5D4 with target device as at91-sama5d4_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D4 Xplained board.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-09-20 09:01:02 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
fdaaa923dd at91: Add SAMA5D2 device
Add support for SAMA5D2 with target device as at91-sama5d2_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D2 Xplained board.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-09-20 09:00:44 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
d7a679a036 at91: Install zImage.
Installing zImage to bin folder of device target.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-09-20 09:00:36 +02:00
Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun
f8a5ac1a88 at91: Renaming subtarget sama5d3 to sama5
Renaming at91 subtarget sama5d3 to sama5 and using at91-sama5d3_xplained
as a target device in sama5 subtarget.This will enable to add other
sama5d2 & sama5d4 target devices in sama5 subtraget.This will avoid
code duplication when sama5d2 & sama5d4 added as different subtarget.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
2017-09-20 09:00:14 +02:00
Lucian Cristian
f295db6e46 sunxi: add Olimex A20-OlinuXino-LIME2
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
2017-09-18 21:29:16 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
24c2f5125e sunxi: Add A64 support with cortex53 subtarget
This adds initial support for the A64 Allwinner SoC to LEDE.
It will be build in the new cortexa53 subtarget.

Currently it only supports the pine64 and the image is able to boot on
this SoC.

Camera, Ethernet, HDMI and other parts are currently not working.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 20:34:55 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
3b88f74bbe sunxi: Backport patches from kernel 4.11 for A64
This backports some more patches from kernel 4.11 adding more devices
to the device tree of the A64 SoC.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 20:34:55 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
34a422794d sunxi: Backport patches needed for A64
This backports multiple patches from kernel 4.10 which are adding
missing support for the A64 and the pine64 board. These are the device
tree files, the pinctlk and the clock driver.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 20:34:55 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
41e7d2e2e8 sunxi: split into cortex A8 and A7 subtarget
Now we can activate some compiler optimizations for the cortex A7.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 18:36:26 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4b81bb13f4 sunxi: fix build of rtc package when module not available
If the Kconfig option CONFIG_RTC_DRV_SUNXI is not selected this package
should be be build.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 18:36:26 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
ea9fab904b sunxi: add support for kernel 4.9
Most of the patches were backpoprts from the mainline kernel and are
integrated upstream now.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 18:35:48 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
f7afcf1975 kernel: add some config options
These are needed for the sunxi target.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 18:35:48 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
a23e00239d rb532: drop 4.4 support
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-18 15:22:16 +03:00
Roman Yeryomin
c8ab03375a rb532: add myself as maintainer
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-09-18 15:22:16 +03:00
Roman Yeryomin
8291b0bd35 rb532: switch to 4.9
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-09-18 15:22:16 +03:00
Roman Yeryomin
740a5753e5 rb532: add support for 4.9
Includes latest korina fixes.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[rewrite commit message (subject <= 50 characters)]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-18 15:20:48 +03:00
Roman Yeryomin
c4354797f7 rb532: set lan interface type to brigde
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2017-09-18 15:20:41 +03:00
Roman Yeryomin
87d3b3b5ff rb532: increase kernel size limit
This is required to support kernel 4.9.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[rewrite commit message (subject <= 50 characters)]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-18 15:17:45 +03:00
Stijn Tintel
e37c7636ee kernel: update 4.9 to 4.9.50
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.

Fixes CVE-2017-1000251.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
[adapt qcom_nandc.c patches to match upstream changes, test ipq8065/nbg6817]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2017-09-18 04:35:57 +03:00
Florian Fainelli
bb83c9dcca kernel: update to 3.18.71
Delete a bunch of fixes that are already included.
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on malta/mipsel
Runtime-tested on malta/mipsel

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-09-18 02:08:18 +03:00
Florian Fainelli
9fc5df52ff generic: drop 704-phy-no-genphy-soft-reset.patch
4.4.80+ contains 71a165f6397df07a06ce643de5c2dbae29bd3cfb, 4.9.41+ contains
6c78197e4a69c19e61dfe904fdc661b2aee8ec20 which are all backports of upstream
commit 0878fff1f42c18e448ab5b8b4f6a3eb32365b5b6 ("net: phy: Do not perform
software reset for Generic PHY").

Our local patch is no longer needed, all this patch was doing was utilizing
gen10g_soft_reset which does nothing either, so just keep the code unchanged.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-09-16 16:38:24 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
ba792ee219 armvirt: Enable CONFIG_ARM_PMU
We will be prompted with this config symbol when performance monitoring is
enabled in the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
2017-09-16 16:38:10 -07:00
Henryk Heisig
172dfa737a mvebu: WRT3200ACM: add bluetooth module
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-09-17 00:59:55 +02:00
Philip Prindeville
344fde35e3 kernel: add packaging for Xeon iTCO watchdog timer
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2017-09-17 00:08:00 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
820101873d kernel: update 4.4 to 4.4.88
Refresh patches.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx  Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-09-16 19:27:08 +02:00
Jiawei Wang
9c500db896 ramips: fix used MAC addresses for Phicomm K2P
The factory partition of the Phicomm K2P contains two MAC addresses.
The lower MAC address is at offset 0xe006 and the higher one is at
offset 0xe000.

Use the lower MAC address as base mac-address which the switch driver
increments by one for the second (wan) vlan.

The MAC addresses are still inverted in contrast to the stock firmware
where the lower MAC address is used for wan. But at least the use of a
MAC address not intended/reserved for this particular board is fixed.

Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <me@jwang.link>
2017-09-15 07:14:29 +02:00
Kristian Evensen
133815ad8f ramips: fix D240 mini-PCIe power control GPIOs
In commit b11c51916c ("ramips: Improve Sanlinking D240 config") I made
a mistake with regards GPIO numbering. And in addition to specifying the
wrong GPIO for controling the power of one of the mini-PCIe, I recently
discovered that the power of both slots can be controlled.

This patch specifies the correct GPIO for the left-most mini-PCIe slot
of the D240 (labeled power_mpcie2 since the slot is attached to SIM2),
and adds a GPIO that can be used to control the power of the other
mini-PCIe slot (labeled power_mpcie1).

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[do not use the gpio active macros for the gpio-export value]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-13 08:07:54 +02:00
Maxim Anisimov
161a3be5ad ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer C20 v1
TP-Link Archer C20 v1 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's very similiar to TP-Link Archer C50.
Also it's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.

Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
- 1 x USB 2.0 port

* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the blue part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
  work.

Factory image notes:

These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device.

We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash. So, to flash this device we must
to prepare image using original firmware from tp-link site with uboot.

Flash instruction:

Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot.
There are two ways to flash the device to LEDE:

1) Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image

 - Place lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin in tftp
   server directory
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
   key "4" to access U-Boot CLI.
 - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:

    setenv serverip 192.168.0.66
    tftp 0x80060000 lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin
    erase tplink 0x20000 0x7a0000
    cp.b 0x80060000 0x20000 0x7a0000
    reset

 - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE

2) Using tftp mode without UART connection but require some
   manipulations with target image

 - Download and unpack TP-Link Archer C20 v1 firmware from original web
   site
 - Split uboot.bin from original firmware by this command (example):

    dd if=Archer_C20v1_0.9.1_4.0_up_boot(160427)_2016-04-27_13.53.59.bin of=uboot.bin bs=512 count=256 skip=1

 - Create ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin using this command:

    cat uboot.bin lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin > ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin

 - Place ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin in tftp server directory.
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   device starts downloading the file.
 - Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
2017-09-13 08:07:54 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
eff3549c58 generic: drop support for get_port_stats() on ar8xxx
The implementation is not efficient on ar8xxx switches. It triggers high
CPU load and degrades device performance.

The high CPU load has been traced down to the ar8xxx_reg_wait() call in
ar8xxx_mib_op(), which has to usleep_range() till the MIB busy flag set
by the request to update the MIB counter is cleared.

This commit removes the get_port_stats() code introduced in 4d8a66d and
leaves a note for future hacker's beware.

Fixes: FS#1004

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-13 08:07:54 +02:00
David Yang
fb128057da ramips: fix hg255d LED status support
Use the green power LED for boot status indication.

Source: https://my.oschina.net/osbin/blog/278782 Para 3

Signed-off-by: David Yang <mmyangfl@gmail.com>
2017-09-13 08:07:54 +02:00
Matthias Schiffer
53839da46e
ar71xx: fix MAC addresses on TP-Link TL-WR1043ND v4
The addresses were read from the 'config' partition, which would not always
contain the addresses at the same offsets, depending on the stock firmware
version used before flashing LEDE. Change this to get the addresses from
the 'product-info' partition, which is read-only.

Reported-and-tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2017-09-11 19:47:19 +02:00
Kristian Evensen
79440ea756 ramips: Add support for ZBT WE1026-5G
The ZBT WE1026-5G
(http://www.zbtlink.com/products/router/WE1026-5G.html) is the follow-up
to the ZBT WE1026 and is based on MT7620. For the previous WE1026, the
ZBT WE826 image could be used. However, as the name implies, the -5G
comes equipped with a 5GHz wifi radio. As the WE826 only has a 2.4GHz
radio, the addition of 5GHz means that a separate image is needed for
the WE1026-5G. I suspect that this image will also work on the previous
WE1026, but I don't have a device to test with.

The WE1026-5G has following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x 5GHz wifi (MT7612)
* 1x button.
* 3x controllable LEDs.

Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).

Not working:
* The 5GHz WIFI LED is completely dead. I suspect the issue is the same
as on other devices with Mediatek 5Ghz wifi-cards/chips. The LED is
controlled by the driver, and mt76 (currently) does not support this.

Not tested:
* SD card reader.

Notes:
* The modem (labeled 3G/4G) and power LEDs are controlled by the
hardware.
* There is a 32MB version of this device available, but I do not have
access to it. I have therefor only added support for the 16MB version,
but added all the required infrastructure to make adding support for the
32MB version easy.

Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.

Recovery:
If you brick the device, the WE1026-5G supports recovery using HTTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to start the web server. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 192.168.1.2/24, and
point your browser to 192.168.1.1 to access the recovery UI. From the
recovery UI you can upload a firmware image.

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
2017-09-11 17:17:05 +02:00
Rosen Penev
13e5e47369 ar71xx: Add GRO support to ag71xx
On a TL-WN710N, this patch increases iperf performance from ~92.5 to ~93.5 mbps. Keep in mind the WN710N is a 100mbps device. I expect greater numbers from gigabit devices.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-09-11 17:12:42 +02:00
Rosen Penev
6aa46bf05e ramips: Change ethernet driver to use napi_complete_done.
Backport of mailine linux commit. Speeds up ethernet slightly and reduces latency.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-09-11 17:03:54 +02:00
Tim Harvey
79366b8194 cns3xxx: fix GPIO controller interrupt enable
The cns3xxx interrupt controller uses a single register and as such
the 'mask' reg/functions must be used as opposed to the 'enable'/'disable'
reg/functions.

This fixes an issue that occurs if more than one GPIO on a specific controller
(there is GPIOA and GPIOB each having 32 GPIO's) uses interrupts. When one
would get enabled all others would be disabled prior to this patch.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2017-09-11 17:03:21 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
d5b7215e31 kernel: update 4.9 to 4.9.49
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.

Fixes CVE-2017-11600.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-11 01:56:14 +02:00
Enrique Giraldo
b8b410fba3 ar71xx: add metadata to wpj344 and wpj558 images
This adds metadata to wpj344 and wpj558 images to prevent loading
firmware of wpj344 into wpj558 and vice versa. This until now was
possible and break the units and had to be recovered from the uboot.

Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
2017-09-10 22:15:04 +02:00
Enrique Giraldo
71067e3b79 ar71xx: wpj558: remove unused eth1 device and fix MAC address
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
2017-09-10 22:15:04 +02:00
Enrique Giraldo
fefdb1e0b9 ar71xx: add support for COMFAST CF-E355AC
COMFAST CF-E355AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9882.

Short specification:

- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 64MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset

Flash instruction:

Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.

Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
[whitespace fixes, ac radio caldata offset fix]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-09-10 22:15:03 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
90d8c0f0a2 ar71xx: add support for GL.iNet GL-USB150
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.

Specification:

- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:

Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash LEDE firmware.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-09-10 22:14:43 +02:00
Jorge Amorós
e2218ea148 lantiq: ARV7519RW22: enable PCIe
Enable PCIe to make the (still unsupported) WAVE300 wireless visible to
the system.

Signed-off-by: Jorge Amorós <joramar76@yahoo.es>
2017-09-10 08:30:23 +02:00
Vittorio Alfieri
31b5069a50 lantiq: VR200v: enable PCI
Enable PCI to make the (still unsupported) WAVE300 wireless visible to
the system.

Signed-off-by: Vittorio Alfieri <vittorio88@gmail.com>
2017-09-09 10:05:05 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
991681cf49 ramips: Archer C50v1: support US and EU versions
For the Archer C50v1, the EU and US versions are differentiated by their
respective HW additional version (0x0 for US, 0x2 for EU).

The stock web interface checks this field before flashing, making it
impossible to flash the current (US) factory image on EU hardware.

However the bootloader does not check this field, making it possible to use
a single sysupgrade image for both hardware.

This patch adds the necessary build bits to generate both EU and US factory
images, and renames the target as "Archer C50v1" since there are as of now
3 different versions of Archer C50 (all with different CPUs).

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-09 09:55:26 +02:00
Kristian Evensen
80829022b0 ramips: add support for the HNET C108
The HNET C108
(http://www.szhwtech88.com/Product-product-cid-100-id-4374.html) is a
mifi based on MT7602A, which has the following specifications:

* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port. Only power is connected, this port is meant for
charging other devices.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
* 6000 mAh battery.
* 5x controllable LEDs.

Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).

Not working (also applies to the factory firmware):
* Wifi LED. It is always switched on, there is no relation to the
up/down state or activity of the wireless interface.

Not tested:
* SD card reader.

Notes:
* The C108 has no dedicated status LED. I therefore set the LAN LED as
status LED.

Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.

Recovery:
If you brick the device, the C108 supports recovery using TFTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to trigger TFTP. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 10.10.10.3/24, and
rename your image file to Kernal.bin.

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
2017-09-09 09:55:13 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
096dff8fcd kernel: rtl8306: fix port link status
In case the link changes from down to up, the register is only updated
on read. If the link failed/was down, this bit will be 0 until after
reading this bit again.

Fixes a reported link down by swconfig alebit the link is up (query for
the link again will show the correct link status)

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-08 21:52:38 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
47be42c347 lantiq: fix xrx200 switch carrier state
In conditions where none of the switch ports is connected during boot,
the priv->port[i].link != priv->port[i].phydev->link condition is false
since both link values are equal (false). The carrier of the switch
netdev is never set to off and the link state reported by ip is UNKNOWN.

Turn the carrier off if none of the switch ports has a link, regardless
whether something has been changed. Add a check for a carrier to
prevent unnecessary calls to netif_carrier_off() if the carrier is
already off.

Based on a patch send by Martin Schiller.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-08 21:48:48 +02:00
John Crispin
23317f18bd mediatek: fix mdio schedule while atomic error
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2017-09-07 10:11:45 +02:00
Kristian Evensen
f3b4e50cee ramips: fix default LED configuration
Commit 77645ffcd9 ("ramips: add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud
One") dropped the execution permission from 01_leds with the result
that the file isn't started during first boot and no default LED
configuration is added.

Revert the introduced file permission change.

Fixes: FS#979

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[cherry picked the fix from a board support patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-06 08:14:23 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
6b06c2fb8e lantiq: drop kernel 4.4 support
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-09-05 08:43:39 +02:00
Edward O'Callaghan
e0d6f541f7 lantiq: switch to kernel 4.9
Signed-off-by: Edward O'Callaghan <funfunctor@folklore1984.net>
2017-09-05 08:43:39 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
9c82861cb8 kernel: update 4.4 to 4.4.86
Refresh patches

Compile & run tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-09-05 08:43:39 +02:00
Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas
3c97bad0c2 ar71xx: WNDR4300: use the switch LED trigger on the WAN port
The WAN port on the Netgear WNDR4300 router has two LEDs,
amber and green. Use the switch LED trigger to behave as the
rest of the LAN HW controlled LEDs
- Green: 1 Gbps
- Amber: 100/10 Mbps

Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
2017-09-05 08:43:39 +02:00
John Crispin
5117911d91 ramips: fix mt76x8 dependencies
The commit merging mt7628 and mt7688 failed to update some
dependencies.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2017-09-05 08:08:36 +02:00
Kuang Rufan
69323a0c07 ar71xx: add support for TL-WR1041N(v2) LAN/WAN LEDs.
1. Add support to LAN/WAN LEDs attached to ar8327.
2. Fix the problem that LAN/WAN LEDs does not blink in hardware (auto)
   mode when connected to 10M/100M ethernet.

Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <master@a1983.com.cn>
2017-09-04 12:48:23 +02:00
Stijn Tintel
046618f5da kernel: update 4.9 to 4.9.47
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-09-03 22:06:28 +03:00
Thibaut VARENE
c30a70fc9f generic: make switch_port_stats tx/rx_bytes long long
This generic structure defines tx_bytes and rx_bytes as unsigned long (u32),
while several devices would typically report unsigned long long (u64).

The code can work as is, but there's a chance that with a sufficiently fast
interface the overflow might happen too fast to be correctly noticed by the
consumers of this data.

This patch makes both field unsigned long long and updates the only known
consumer of this data: swconfig_leds.c

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-01 09:30:35 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
0369e35891 generic: provide get_port_stats() on rtl836x switches
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.

This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-01 09:30:35 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
3056d09b40 generic: provide get_port_stats() on b53 switches
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.

This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-01 09:30:35 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
4ddbc43cc1 generic: provide get_port_stats() on adm6996 switches
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.

This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-01 09:30:35 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
4d8a66d934 generic: provide get_port_stats() on ar8xxx switches
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.

The implementation uses a generic callback that select the correct MIB counter
index based on chip version.

This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-01 09:30:35 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
2b3ab0208e ramips: provide get_port_stats() on mt7530/762x switches
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.

This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-01 09:30:35 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
3435de8c16 kernel: update 4.4 to 4.4.85
Refresh patches

Compile & run tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-08-31 19:14:52 +02:00